عدو
فَرَسٌ عَدَوَانٌ: كَثيرُ العَدْوِ. وعَدَا عليه عَدْواً وعُدُوّاً وعَدَاءً وعُدْواناً، واعْتَدى عليه وتَعَدّى: سَواء. والعَدْوى: طَلَبُكَ إلى الوالي الإِعْداءَ على مَنْ ظَلَمَكَ. وما يُعْدِي من الجَرَبِ وغيرِه، وفي الحديث: " لا عَدْوى ".
وعَدَا طَوْرَه وتَعَدّى: تَجَاوَزَ قَدْرَه، ومنه رَأَيْتُهم ما عَدا زَيْداً. وعَدَتْ بَيْنَنا عَوَادٍ: صَرَفَتْ صَوَارِفُ، ويُقال: عَادَتْ، كأنَّها فاعَلَتْ. والعَدَاءُ والعُدَوَاءُ والعادِيَةُ: الشُّغْلُ. والعادِيَةُ: الشَّرُّ والأذى. وعَدَاءُ الطَّريْقِ وعِدَاؤه وعِدْوَتُه وعِدْوُه: ما انْقَادَ مَعَكَ من عُرْضِه.
والعِنْدَأْوَةُ: الْتِوَاءٌ وعَسَرٌ، النُّوْنُ والهَمْزَةُ زائدتانِ. وعَدِّ الهَمَّ عنكَ: اصْرِفهُ ونَحِّه.
ويُجْمَعُ العَدُوُّ على الأعْدَاء، والعِدى والعُدى والعَدِيِّ والعُدَاةِ والعَدَايا والأعادي، وهي عَدُوَّةُ اللهِ، ولا نَظِيْرَ له، كأنَّه أُلحِقَ بِصَدِيْقَةٍ. وعَدْوَانُ: حَيٌّ من قَيْسٍ.
والعُدْوَةُ - بضَمِّ العَيْنِ وكَسْرِها -: صَلاَبَةٌ من شَاطِئِ الوَادي. والنّاحِيَةُ من الأرْض. والعُقْدَةُ لا حَمْضَ بها، وقيل: هي الخُلَّةُ. والعَدَوِيَّةُ: صِغَارُ الشَّجَرِ تَرْعَاه الإِبِلُ. وصِغَارُ سِخَالِ الغَنَم، ويُقال: هي العَذَوِيَّةُ - بالذّال المُعْجَمَة -.
والعِدّى: ما يُجْعَلُ على القَبْر من الصُّخُورْ. والعِدْوُ: حَجَرٌ رَقِيْقٌ واسِعٌ، ويُجْمَعُ على العِدَاء. والعِدَى: كُلُّ خَشَبَةٍ تُجْعَلُ بين خَشَبَتَيْن. ورَجُلٌ عِدَىً، وقَوْمٌ عِدَىً أيضاً: بُعُدٌ عنكَ. وغُرَباءُ أيضاً، ويُقال: قَوْمٌ أعْدَاء، بهذا المعنى. والعِدَى: البُعْدُ نَفْسُه.
وعَادِيَا اللَّوْحِ: طَرَفاه. وأُمُوْرٌ عِدْوَةٌ: بَعيْدَةٌ: وعَدَّيْتُ عَدَاءً: بَعُدْتَ. وعادَيْتُه من كَذا: مَيَّزْتَه.
وَعَدِّ شَيْئاً من إِبِلكَ: اعْزِلْهُ. وعَادى بَيْنَه: وَالى. وتَعَادَوْا: ماتَ بعضُهم في أثر بعضٍ.
ومَكانٌ مُتَعَادٍ: غَيْرُ مُسْتَو، وكأنَّه من العُدَوَاءِ: المَكانِ غيرِ المُسْتَوي. وهو الاناخَةُ القَليلةُ. والأرضُ الصُّلْبَةُ، أيضاً. وإِبلٌ عادِيَةٌ وعَوَادٍ: لا تَرْعى الحَمْضَ. والعَدِيُّ: الجَمَاعَةُ - بِلُغَةِ هُذَيْلٍ -. وهي الرَّجّالَةُ يَتَقَدَّمون الجَيْشَ أيضاً: ولا تَعَدّى من الأمْرِ شيئاً: أي لا تُغْني. والعَوَادِيُّ من الكَرْم: ما يُغْرَسُ في أُصُوْلِ الشَّجَرِ العِظَام الظَّلِيْلَة، ويُنْسَبُ إِليها فيُقال: عَادِيَّةُ العَنَمَةِ والعَرْعَرَةِ، ولا يُسَمّى الحَبَلَةَ. وأعْدَاه على كَذا: أعَانَه. والعِدَى: جَمْعُ العِدَةِ وهي الوَعْدُ، وهذا نادِرٌ من المَقْلُوْب. وعُدَيَّةُ: اسْمُ قَبيلةٍ. وهَضَبَة، أيضاً.
ويُقال: كَتَبَ المُصَدِّقُ عَلَيَّ عَدَاءً كثيراً: أي تَعَدّى الفَريضَةَ وأخَذَ فَوْقَ حَقَّه.
ابنُ الأعْرابيِّ: قالوا مَعْدِي كَرِبَ لأنَّه عَدِيُّ الفَسَادِ، والكَرِبُ: الفسادُ. فأمّا قَوْلُ ابنِ مُقْبِل:
مَعْدى القِلادَةِ من رَبْوٍ ولا بُهُرِ
فأرادَ به: إلاّ القِلادَةَ، وكأنَّه: ما عَدا القِلادَةَ، فأدْرَجَ الألفَ. وشَيْءٌ عادِيٌّ: قَدِيْمٌ، كالمجْدِ وغيرِه.

(ع د و) : (الْعَدْوُ) السُّرْعَةُ وَفَرَسٌ عَدَّاءٌ عَلَى فَعَّالٍ (وَبِهِ) سُمِّيَ الْعَدَّاءُ الَّذِي كَتَبَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَسَلَّمَ - الْكِتَابَ الْمَشْهُورَ وَهُوَ «بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ هَذَا مَا اشْتَرَى الْعَدَّاءُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ هَوْذَةَ مِنْ مُحَمَّدٍ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ اشْتَرَى مِنْهُ عَبْدًا أَوْ أَمَةً شَكَّ الرَّاوِي لَا دَاءَ
وَلَا غَائِلَةَ وَلَا خِبْثَةَ» بَيْعَ الْمُسْلِمِ لِلْمُسْلِمِ قَالَ الْمُصَنِّفُ الْمُشْتَرِي الْعَدَّاءُ لَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَسَلَّمَ - هَكَذَا قَرَأْتُهُ فِي الْفَائِقِ وَهَكَذَا أُثْبِتَ فِي مُشْكِلِ الْآثَارِ وَنَفْيِ الِارْتِيَابِ وَمُعْجَمِ الطَّبَرَانِيِّ وَمَعْرِفَة الصَّحَابَةِ لِابْنِ مَنْدَهْ وَمَعْرِفَةِ الصَّحَابَةِ لِلدَّغُولِيِّ وَهَكَذَا فِي الْفِرْدَوْسِ أَيْضًا بِطُرُقٍ كَثِيرَةٍ وَفِي شُرُوط الْخَصَّافِ وَشُرُوطِ الطَّحَاوِيِّ بِتَعْلِيقِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الرَّازِيِّ أَنَّ الْمُشْتَرِيَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وَتَابَعَهُمَا فِي ذَلِكَ الْحَاكِمُ السَّمَرْقَنْدِيُّ وَالْأَوَّلُ هُوَ الصَّحِيحُ وَلَيْسَ فِي شَيْءٍ مِمَّا رَوَيْتُ وَرَأَيْتُ وَلَا عَيْبَ وَلَا لَفْظَةُ فِيهِ (قَالُوا) الدَّاءُ كُلُّ عَيْبٍ بَاطِنٍ ظَهَرَ مِنْهُ شَيْءٌ أَوْ لَا وَهُوَ مِثْلُ وَجَعِ الطِّحَالِ وَالْكَبِدِ وَالسُّعَالِ وَكَذَا وَكَذَا وَالْجُذَامِ وَهُوَ مَا يَبْدُو فِي الْأَعْضَاءِ مِنْ الْقُرُوحِ وَالْبَرَصِ وَهُوَ الْبَيَاضُ فِي ظَاهِرِ الْجِلْدِ وَرِيحِ الرَّحِمِ وَهِيَ عَلَى مَا زَعَمَ الْأَطِبَّاءُ مَادَّةٌ نَفَّاخَةٌ فِيهَا بِسَبَبِ اجْتِمَاعِ الرُّطُوبَاتِ اللَّزِجَةِ (وَالْغَائِلَةُ) الْإِبَاقُ وَالْفُجُورُ (وَالْخِبْثَةُ) أَنْ يَكُونَ مَسْبِيًّا مِنْ قَوْمٍ لَهُمْ عَهْدٌ (وَالْكَيَّةُ) لَيْسَتْ بِدَاءٍ وَلَا غَائِلَةٍ وَلَكِنَّهَا عَيْبٌ (وَعَدَاهُ) جَاوَزَهُ (وَمِنْهُ) اتَّجِرْ فِي الْبَزِّ وَلَا تَعْدُ إلَى غَيْرِهِ أَيْ لَا تُجَاوِزْ الْبَزَّ (وَعَدَا عَلَيْهِ) جَاوَزَ الْحَدَّ فِي الظُّلْمِ عَدْوًا وَعَدَاءً بِالْفَتْحِ وَالْمَدِّ (وَمِنْهُ) وَصْفُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - السَّبُعَ بِالْعَدَّاءِ فَقَالَ السَّبُعُ الْعَادِيُّ (وَفِي حَدِيثِ) عُثْمَانَ - رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ - أَنَّ أَعْرَابِيًّا قَالَ لَهُ إنَّ بَنِي عَمِّكَ عَدَوْا عَلَى إبِلِي (وَاسْتَعْدَى) فُلَانٌ الْأَمِيرَ عَلَى مَنْ ظَلَمَهُ أَيْ اسْتَعَانَ بِهِ فَأَعْدَاهُ عَلَيْهِ أَيْ أَعَانَهُ عَلَيْهِ وَنَصَرَهُ (وَمِنْهُ) فَمَنْ رَجُلٌ يُعْدِينِي أَيْ يَنْصُرُنِي وَيُعِينُنِي (وَالِاسْتِعْدَاءُ) طَلَبُ الْمَعُونَةِ وَالِانْتِقَامِ وَالْمَعُونَةُ نَفْسُهَا أَيْضًا (وَمِنْهَا) قَوْلُهُ رَجُلٌ ادَّعَى عَلَى رَجُلٍ عِنْدَ الْقَاضِي وَأَرَادَ عَنْهُ عَدْوَى أَيْ عَنْ الْقَاضِي نُصْرَةً وَمَعُونَةً عَلَى إحْضَارِ الْخَصْمِ فَإِنَّهُ يُعْدِيهِ أَيْ يَسْمَعُ كَلَامَهُ وَيَأْمُرُ بِإِحْضَارِ خَصْمِهِ وَكَذَا مَا رُوِيَ أَنَّ امْرَأَةَ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ اسْتَعْدَتْ فَأَعْطَاهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَسَلَّمَ - هَدَبَةً مِنْ ثَوْبِهِ كَهَيْئَةِ الْعَدْوَى أَيْ كَمَا يُعْطِي الْقَاضِي الْخَاتَمَ أَوْ الطِّينَةَ لِتَكُونَ عَلَامَةً فِي إحْضَارِ الْمَطْلُوبِ
وَأَمَّا قَوْلُ مُحَمَّدٍ - رَحِمَهُ اللَّهُ - وَلَوْ سُبِيَتْ امْرَأَةٌ بِالْمَشْرِقِ فَعَلَى أَهْلِ الْمَغْرِبِ اسْتِعْدَاؤُهَا مَا لَمْ تَدْخُلْ دَارَ الْحَرْبِ فَفِيهِ نَظَرٌ.

عدو: عدا إلى أو في، عدا إليه أو فيه المرض: أعداه بالدواء والمرض. انتقل إليه المرض، وأصابه بالعدوى (بوشر).
عدا: أخفق، خاب نقص، أعوز، ففي الحديث عن أحد السقاة مثلاً: لم يَعْدُ المُنى، أي لم يخفق في تحقيق مناه. (المقري 1: 662) وأنظر تعليقة فليشر على هذه العبارة (بريشت من 216) حيث نجد فيه أمثلة مثل: لا عَدَى حَظَّك إقبال. أي لا ينقص النجاح حظّك. ويقال في الكلام عن الدراهم: عداه طالِبٌ. أي أخفق في أن يجد له طالباً. وأضيف إلى ذلك ما جاء في كليلة ودمنة (ص30): ما عدوتَ الذي في نفسي. أي لم تجاوز ما أراه فيك، يعني لم تكذب رأيي في عقلك وحكمتك وفي الأغاني (ص51): ما عدا صِفتَي وصفةُ (وصِفَةَ) ابن سريج. يريد أن يقول أن أمير المؤمنين لم يخطئ في التمييز بين موهبتي وموهبة ابن سريج.
وفي الكامل (ص119): فلما نهض (عبد الله بن يزيد أبو خالد القسري قال له عبد الملك يوما ما مالك؟ فلم يخبره) فقيل له: هلا خبرته بمقدار مالك؟ فقال: لم يَعْدُ أن يكون قليلاً فيحرقني أو كثيراً فيحسدني. أي لم يجاوز أن يكون قليلاً فيحقرني أو كثير فيحسدني.
عدا على: اجتاح، طغى على. يقال عدا الرمل على (معجم الادريسي).
عدا على فلان ب: اغتنم الفرصة ليغيضه ويهينه ب (تاريخ البربر 1: 431).
عَدَّى: عبر (بوشر) ويقال مثلاً عدّى النهر.
ففي الادريسي (الباب الخامس الفصل الرابع): بعد تعدية نهر. وفيه: وهو نهر كبير يعدى بالقوارب. ومنه قيل: مركب تعدية= معدية أي معبر (معجم ابن جبير).
عَدَّى الحدود: تجاوز الحد، تعدّى (بوشر) وحاول عبور نهر، ففي ملّر (نصوص من ابن الخطيب 1863، 2: 85).
ولما التقى الجمعان فرّ فراره ... ولكنهّ عَدَّى فقيده النهُر
عَدَّى على: مرّ من مكان وجاوز (بوشر).
عدَّى: ارتد، انعكس، أرتد من نقطة إلى أخرى.
ويقال عَّدى من والي: ارتده، ورُد ودفع من جسم إلى آخر. (بوشر).
عَدَّى: انصرف، جاوز، حاد عن، ترك، تخلَّى من، غادر، هجر، وكان علي لين (مادة عدا) أن لا يشك في عبارة المصباح. (انظر معجم مسلم).
عَدَّى عن: كفّ عن، تخلَّى عن، تحوّل عن، ترك، انفصل عن. تنازل عن حقه، أفلت، أهمل، عدل عن، أقلع عن، (بوشر).
عَدَّى عن: ترك، أغفل، أهمل، حذف، أسقط. ومرّ، قطع، عبر، جاز، انتقل. ولم يتكلم عن (بوشر).
عَدَّى: أفسد ما بين الأصدقاء الذين كانوا يعيشون في سلام وصفاء. (فوك، الكالا).
عَدَّى: انتكر، رفض، جحد ولم يوافق، وسخط، غضب، اغتاظ، تنازع (الكالا).
مُعَدِّى: مضاد، معاكس، مخالف، معاد، خصم، عدوّ. (فوك).
أعدى: (انظر معجم مسلم) غير أن هناك كثير مما يقال عن كتابة هذه الكلمة ومعنى البيت الذي نقل فيه. وقال السيد دي غويه إنه يترجم الآن الفعل أعدى بما معناه: نقل إلى، أوصل، وابلغ، أخبر، أفاد.
تَعَدَّى: لمعرفة استعمال هذا الفعل انظر رحلة ابن بطوطة (1: 35) ففيها: كانوا يظنوُّن أن القضاء لا يتعداه. أي لا يتجاوزه ليصبح قاضياً.
تَعَدىَّ: في ويجرز (ص20) حيث الكلام عن شعر ابن زيدون: لا تَعَدَّى به الرؤساء والملوك. ولم يفهم الناشر هذه الجملة. وهي تعني كما يقول دي ساسي في جريدة الجنوب: قد خصّ شعره بالأمراء والملوك لا يتجاوزهم إلى غيرهم.
تعدَّى: جاب، طاف، ساح، (هلو).
تعدَّى: اجتاز، جاز، قطع، عبر. (ابن بطوطة 1: 50).
تعدَّى إلى فلان ب: قدم له شيئاً. أهدى له شيئاً. (عباد 1: 313).
تعدّى: اختلف معه. (فوك، الكالا).
انعدى. انعدى من فلان: انتقل إليه المرض منه، انتقلت إليه العدوى منه. (بوشر).
ويقال أيضاً: انعدى من مرض أحد.
انعداء. عدوى، انتقال المرض من شخص إلى آخر. (هلو).
اعتدى على: اجتاح، اكتسح، يقال: اعتدت الرمال على. (معجم الادريسي).
اعتدا: في المعجم اللاتيني العربي contagium عِلّة واعْترا وتدنس. غير أني أرى أن الصواب اعتدا.
اعتدى: بمعنى استعدى أي استعان واستنصر. (المقري 2: 247) وانظر: إضافات.
أستعدي: ويقال أيضاً: استعدى بفلان: استعان به واستنصره. (المقري 2: 358).
عَدْو: سفْلِس، زهري (شيرب).
عَدْوَة: فسرت في ديوان الهذليين (ص13).
البيت الخامس. بحَمْلة كجِرْية السيل. وفي (ص224) منها: عَدْوَتي وعادتي وغارتي واحد.
عَدْوَة: عدوى، ومرض ذو عدوة: مرض معدٍ (بوشر).
عَدَّوَة، وعِدْوة، في معجم فوك: بَرَ عِدْوَة وبر العِدْوَة أي جانب الوادي، وليس عَدْوَة كما في معجم فريتاج.
عَدْوَة: ذكرت في ديوان الهذليين (ص139 البيت الثاني).
عِدْوِى: ما وراء (فوك). وعِدْوِي نسبة إلى عِدْوة في قولهم بَرّ العِدْوة أي ما وراء البحر وهو الذي يصدر من شمال إفريقية. ويذكر الكالا، صُوف عدْوِى: صوف بني مرين (مرينوس) وضائنة الصوف العدوى: الغنم التي يجز منها هذا الصوف، وكان الأسبان قد استوردوا هذا النوع الجيد من الغنم من أفريقية. ولا تزال هذه الأغنام موجودة عند كثير من قبائل الجزائر. وقد سمي باسم قبيلة بني مرين التي تسكن الآن في أرباض تلمسان. (انظر: دفيك ص162 مادة مرينوس).
ولا تزال كلمة صوف عدوى مستعملة في تطوان وتعني عندهم مرينوس أي صوف بني مرين فيما يقول ليرشندي.
عُدْوان: اعتداء، تعدّ (بوشر).
عُدوان: انظر باين سميث (1205) تجد فيه: العدوان مع فرم خزائن وغيرها. والعدوان مع الافاريز، الاستدارات، الاسطامات .. الخ.
عَدَاويّ: عُدْواني. عِدائي (بوشر).
عَدَاوِية: عدوّ. وهي كلمة عامية (المقدمة 3: 369).
عَدَّاء: شديد الظلم، شديد البغي (الأغاني ص41= بدرون ص252).
عادية: رغبة في إلحاق الضرر بشخص، وإصابته بأذى. (معجم الادريسي).
تَعْدِيَة: تعدّ، تطاول، اغتصاب، أخذ الشيء غصباً وقسراً (بوشر).
تَعْدِيَة: بعنف، وتعدّى الشريعة ومخالفتها (بوشر).
تعدية الأوامر: خروج على القانون. نقض العقد أو الاتفاق (بوشر).
تعدية: عُدوان، عداوة، عمل عدواني (بوشر).
تعدية في الحرب: هجوم، مهاجمة (بوشر).
مُعْدٍ. ربان زورق ينقل الناس ويعبرهم من ضفة إلى أخرى (ألف ليلة 2: 574).
مَعْدِيَة وجمعها معاد قارب، مركب، صندل كبير أو صغير، يستخدم لعبور الناس والحيوانات، مُعْدِيّة. (مملوك 2، 1: 156).
معدية: طوْف، رمث (مملوك (2، 1: 156) مَعْدِيَة: قارب، مركب صغير، سفينة نقل. سفينة كبيرة لنقل البريد. (بوشر).
مَعْدِيَة: مخاضة، مجازة، معبر. (صفة مصر 11: 184، ديسكرياك ص259).
مَعْدَاويّ: نوتي، ربان زورق. (بوشر).

عدو

1 عَدَاهُ, (Mgh, K,) first Pers\. عَدَوْتُهُ, (Msb,) aor. ـْ (Mgh, Msb,) [inf. n. عَدْوٌ,] He passed from it, (Mgh, Msb, K,) namely, a thing, or an affair, (K,) to another, (Mgh, Msb,) and left it; (K;) and عَدَا عَنْهُ signifies the same; (K;) as also ↓ تعدّاه; (S, * K;) and in like manner one says, ↓ عَدَّيْتُهُ, inf. n. تَعْدِيَةٌ; (Msb;) [but I do not find this elsewhere, and think that correctly one should say, عَنْهُ ↓ عَدَّيْتُ; agreeably with what here follows:] the saying عَنْ هٰذَا ↓ عَدِّ means Leave thou this, and turn from it to another; and is app. from the phrase هَمَّكَ ↓ عَدِّ

إِلَى غَيْرِهِ [Turn thy anxiety to other than him, or it]; the objective complement being altogether left out, so that the verb becomes as though it were intrans.; and there are many instances similar to this in the language: (Har p. 478:) one says, عَنِّى الهَمَّ ↓ عَدَّيْتُ I turned away from me anxiety: and [hence] you say to him who has pursued you, عَنِّى إِلَى غَيْرِى ↓ عَدِّ, meaning Turn thou the beast upon which thou art riding towards other than me: (TA:) and عَمَّا تَرَى ↓ عَدِّ, meaning Turn thou thine eye from what thou seest. (S.) [See an ex. of the first of these verbs in the Ham p. 125.] One says also, عَدَاهُ الأَمْرُ and ↓ تعدّاهُ The thing, or affair, passed from him. (TA. [See an ex. in the first paragraph of art. عدم.]) And the Arabs say, إِنَّ الجَرَبَ لَيَعْدُو, meaning Verily the mange, or scab, passes from him that has it to him that is near to him so that the latter becomes mangy, or scabby. (Msb.) And مَا عَدَا فُلَانٌ أَنْ صَنَعَ [app. meaning Such a one did not leave, or, accord. to an explanation of the verb in a similar phrase in Har p. 333, did not delay, his doing such a thing]. (S.) Accord. to Er-Rághib, العَدْوُ primarily signifies Transition; [whence what here precedes;] or the going, or passing, beyond, or the exceeding, a limit, or the usual limit: and incompatibility to coalesce. (TA.) b2: And [hence,] عَدَاهُ, aor. as above, [inf. n. عَدْوٌ,] He went, or passed, beyond it; exceeded it; or transgressed it. (S, TA. *) So in the saying عَدَا طَوْرَهُ [He went, or passed, beyond his proper limit; exceeded it; or transgressed it]: and in like manner, الحَقَّ ↓ تعدّى and ↓ اعتداهُ signify He went, or passed, beyond, &c., what was true, or right; and so عَنِ الحَقِّ, and فَوْقَ الحَقِّ. (TA.) أَمَا عَدَا مَنْ بَدَا, a saying in which the vulgar erroneously omit the interrogative أ, means Does not he transgress that which is right who begins by acting injuriously? (TA.) And it is said عَدَا القَارِصُ فَحَرَزَ (tropical:) What was biting to the tongue attained to an excessive degree, so that it became acid: meaning that the affair, or case, became distressing. (S in art. قرص.) b3: And عَدَا عَلَيْهِ, inf. n. عَدْوٌ and عَدَآءٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and عُدُوٌّ (S, Msb, K) and عُدْوَانٌ (ISd, Msb, K) and عِدْوَانٌ (ISd, K) and عُدْوَى; (K;) and ↓ تعدّى, and ↓ اعتدى; (S, Msb, K;) He acted wrongfully, unjustly, injuriously, or tyrannically, against him; (S, Msb, K;) and transgressed against him, or exceeded the proper limit against him: (S, Msb:) [and he acted aggressively against him; agreeably with an explanation of the inf. n. of the last of these verbs in what follows: (see an ex. in a verse cited voce رِيحٌ:)] or he acted with excessive wrongfulness, &c., against him: (Mgh:) and ↓ اعدى signifies the same as the other verbs here mentioned; (K, TA;) whence (TA) one says, فِى مَنْطِقِكَ ↓ أَعْدَيْتَ Thou hast deviated from that which is right in thy speech: (S, TA:) ↓ الاِعْتِدَآءُ is the exceeding what is right; and it is sometimes in the way of aggression; and sometimes in the way of requital; and instances of the usage of its verb in both of these manners occur in the Kur ii. 190: (Er-Rághib, TA:) the first and third of the inf. ns. of عَدَا, mentioned above, occur in the Kur vi.108 accord. to different readings: (S, TA:) and [it is said that] العُدْوَانُ signifies sheer, or unmixed, wrongful or unjust or injurious or tyrannical conduct: (S:) or, as some say, the worst of [such conduct, i. e., of] الاِعْتِدَآء, in strength, or deed, or state or condition. (TA.) b4: And عَدَا عَلَيْهِ He acted corruptly towards him. (TA.) b5: And عُدِىَ عَلَيْهِ He had his property stolen, and was wronged. (TA.) And عَدَا عَلَى القُمَاشِ, inf. n. عَدَآءٌ [said in the TA to be like سَحَابٌ, but in the CK عَدًا,] and عُدْوَانٌ and عَدَوَانٌ, (K, TA,) but in the M written with damm and fet-h [i. e. عُدْوَان and عَدْوَان], (TA,) said of a thief, He stole the قماش [meaning goods, or utensils and furniture]. (K, TA.) And عَدَا فِى ظَهْرِهِ He stole what was behind him: (A in art. ظهر:) [or he acted wrongfully in respect of what was behind him: for] لِصٌّ عَادِى ظَهْرٍ is expl. by the words عَدَا فِى ظَهْرٍ فَسَرَقَهُ [so that it app. meansA thief who has acted wrongfully in respect of what was behind one, and stolen it]. (O and K in that art.) b6: And عَدَا عَلَيْهِ, (K, TA,) inf. n. عَدْوٌ, (TA,) signifies also He leaped upon him, or it. (K, TA.) b7: And عَدَا, (K,) or عَدَا فِى

مَشْيِهِ, (Msb,) aor. ـْ (Msb, K,) inf. n. عَدْوٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) and عَدًا and عُدُوٌّ and عَدَوَانٌ and تَعْدَآءٌ, (K,) signifies أَحْضَرَ [i. e. He ran; or rose in his running]; (S, * K, TA;) said of a man and of a horse: (TA:) or he went a pace nearly the same as that termed هَرْوَلَةٌ, (Msb, TA,) not so quick, (TA,) or which is not so quick, (Msb,) as that termed جَرْىٌ: (Msb, TA:) or he went a pace less quick than شَدٌّ and more so than مَشْىٌ: (TA in art. سعى:) or [he went quickly, or swiftly; for] العَدْوُ signifies السُّرْعَةُ: (Mgh:) [or rather he ran, whether gently or moderately or vehemently: that it often signifies he ran vehemently is shown by the prov. مِنْ سُلَيْكٍ ↓ أَعْدَى

More vehement in running than Suleyk, who is said to have outstripped fleet horses; and by numerous exs.:] and ↓ عّى signifies the same as عَدَا, denoting a quick pace. (TA in art. هبص.) b8: And [hence, perhaps,] عَدَا المَآءُ, aor. ـْ (assumed tropical:) The water ran. (TA.) A2: عَدَاهُ عَنِ الأَمْرِ, (S, K,) inf. n. عَدْوٌ and عُدْوَانٌ; as also ↓ عدّاهُ; (K;) signifies He, or it, diverted him; or turned him away, or back; (S, K;) and occupied him so as to divert him; (K;) from the thing, or affair. (S, K.) You say, عَدَتْ عَوَادٍ. (S, TA. See عَادِيَةٌ, voce عُدَوَآءُ: and see also the last sentence of the first paragraph of art. عود.) b2: عَدَانِى مِنْهُ شَرٌّ means بَلَغَنِى [i. e., app., Evil, or mischief, reached me from him, or it]. (TA. [See a signi-fication of 4.]) A3: عَدِيتُ لَهُ signifies I hated him, or it. (ISd, K.) A4: عَدَا is also a verb by which one makes an exception, with مَا [preceding it] and without مَا: (S, K:) you say, جَآءَنِى القَوْمُ مَا عَدَا زَيْدًا [The people, or party, came to me, except Zeyd]; and جَاؤُونِى عَدَا زَيْدًا [which means the like]; putting what follows it in the accus. case; the agent being implied in it: (S: [see this expl. in what has been said of خَلَا as used in the same manner:]) accord. to MF, it is a verb when what follows it is put in the accus. case; and when what follows it is put in the gen. case, it is a particle, by common consent: (TA: [and the like is said in the Mughnee; i. e., that it is similar to خَلَا in respect of the explanations there given of the different usages of this latter; but that Sb did not know it to have been used otherwise than as having the quality of a verb:]) one says, رَأَيْتُهُمْ عَدَا أَخَاكَ and مَا عَدَاهُ, meaning مَا خَلَا [i. e. I saw them, except thy brother]: and sometimes it governs the gen. case without ما: thus in the M: Az says, [as though regarding it as only a particle,] when you suppress [ما], you make it to govern the accus. case as meaning إِلَّا and you make it to govern the gen. case as meaning سِوَى. (TA.2 عداهٌ, (S, K,) inf. n. تَعْدِيَةٌ, (K,) He made him, or it, to pass [from a thing, or an affair, to another: see 1, first sentence]: (S, K:) and he made it to pass through, and go beyond; syn. أَنْفَذَهُ. (K.) b2: Hence تَعْدِيَةُ الفِعْلِ, a phrase of the grammarians, [generally meaning (assumed tropical:) The making the verb transitive,] as in خَرَجَ زَيْدٌ فَأَخْرَجْتُهُ [Zeyd went forth and I made him to go forth]. (TA.) b3: See also 1, first quarter, in seven places: b4: and again, in the latter half, in two places.3 عاداهُ, (K, TA,) inf. n. مُعَادَاةٌ, (S, K, TA,) [He treated him, or regarded him, with enmity, or hostility:] the verb in this phrase is that of which the epithet is عَدُوٌّ, and the subst. is عَدَاوَةٌ. (K, TA.) [It is perhaps from one of the three phrases next following]. b2: عادى الشَّىْءَ signifies He was, or became, distant, or aloof, from the thing; or he made the thing to be, or become, distant, or aloof; syn. بَاعَدَهُ. (TA.) And you say, فُلَانٌ لَا يُعَادِينِى وَلَا يُوَادِينِى, meaning لَا يُجَافِينِى وَلَا يُوَاتِينِى [app. Such a one will not make me to be, or become, remote, or aloof, from him, nor will he comply with me: but لَا يُوَادِينِى properly signifies he will not take from me the دِيَة, or bloodwit]. (TA.) And عَادِ رِجْلَكَ عَنِ الأَرْضِ Draw away thy leg, or foot, from the ground. (TA.) And عَادَى الأَدَاةَ عَنِ البَعِيرِ He raised [partially] the furniture (consisting of the saddle and saddle-cloth) from contact with the camel [so as to render it bearable by him]. (ISh, TA in art. غلق.) b3: عادى شَعَرَهُ He took [somewhat] from his hair: or he raised it, (K, TA,) in washing it: or he neglected it, and did not oil it, or anoint it: or he subjected it time after time to the purification termed وُضُوع, and to washing. (TA.) b4: عادى الوِسَادَةَ He folded the pillow. (TA.) b5: عادى القِدْرَ He lowered one of the three stones upon which the cooking-pot rested, in order that it (the pot) might incline upon the fire. (TA.) b6: عادى بَيْنَ الصَّيْدَينِ, (S, * K,) inf. n. عِدَآءٌ (S, K) and مُعَادَاةٌ, (K,) He made a succession, of one to the other, between the two animals of the chase, (S, K,) by throwing down one of them immediately after the other, (S,) in one طَلَق [or heat]. (S, K.) Imra-el-Keys says, [describing a horse,] فَعَادَى عِدَآءً بَيْنَ ثَوْرٍ وَنَعْجَةٍ

دِرَاكًا وَلَمْ يَنْضَحْ بِمَآءٍ فَيُغْسَلِ [And he made a succession, of one to the other, between a wild bull and a wild cow, by running down one after the other in a single heat, overtaking uninterruptedly, and not breaking out with water (i. e. sweat) so as to become suffused therewith]. (S. [See EM p. 49.]) In like manner also المُعَادَاةُ بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ means The piercing, or thrusting, two men, one after the other, uninterruptedly. (TA.) b7: And عَادَيْتُهُ [sometimes] signifies I vied, or contended, with him in running; i. q. حَاضَرْتُهُ, from الحُضْرُ. (A in art. حضر.) 4 اعدى الأَمْرَ He passed from, or beyond, another, to the thing, or affair: so in the K. (TA.) But in the M it is said, اعداهُ الدَّآءُ signifies The disease passed from another to him. (TA.) And one says أَعْدَى فُلَانٌ فُلَانًا مِنْ خُلُقِهِ, or مِنْ عِلَّةٍ بِهِ, or جَرَبٍ, (S, TA,) i. e. Such a one made somewhat of his natural disposition, or of a disease, or malady, that was in him, or of mange, or scab, to pass [from him] to such a one; [or infected him therewith; (see two exs., in a verse and a hemistich, cited in the first paragraph of art. جنى;)] and اعداهُ بِهِ signifies the same: and اعدى صَاحِبَهُ He made his companion to acquire the like of what was in him. (TA.) And يُعْدِى is said of the mange, or scab, &c., meaning It passes from him that has it to another; (S, K;) and in like manner one says of a disease, ↓ يتعدّى: (Nh, TA:) but it is said in an explanation of a trad., لَا يُعْدِى شَىْءٌ شَيْئًا [i. e. A thing (meaning disease) does not pass by its own agency to a thing]. (S, TA.) [Therefore] one says, of the mange, or scab, [or the like,] اعداهُ اللّٰهُ God made it to pass from him that had it to one that was near to him, so that he became affected therewith. (Msb.) b2: One says also, of a man, قَدْ أَعْدَى النَّاسَ بِشَرٍّ He has made evil, or mischief, to cleave to men. (TA.) A2: See also 1, near the middle, in two places.

A3: اعداهُ عَلَيْهِ He aided, or assisted, him, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) and strengthened him, (K,) against him; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) and avenged him of him; (S, Msb;) namely, one who had wronged him. (S, Mgh, Msb.) and اعداهُ He (a judge) heard his accusation against another, and commanded to bring his adversary. (Mgh.) A4: اعداهُ, (S, Msb, K, TA,) namely, a horse, (S, TA,) and also a man, (TA,) [He made him to run, whether gently or moderately or vehemently: or, as sometimes used,] he made him, (K, TA,) or desired him, (S,) to go the pace termed حُضْر: (S, K, TA:) or he made him to go a pace nearly the same as that termed هَرْوَلَة, (Msb, TA,) not so quick, (TA,) or which is not so quick, (Msb,) as that termed جَرْى: (Msb, TA: [see 1, latter half:]) and ↓ استعداهُ signifies the same. (S.) 5 تَعَدَّوَ see 1, first quarter, in two places: and see 4. b2: [Hence تعدّى said of a verb, It was, or became, transitive.] b3: تعدّى الحَقَّ: and تعدّى

عَلَيْهِ: see 1, second quarter, in two places.

A2: تَعَدَّوْا They found milk, (K, TA,) which they drank, (TA,) and it rendered them in no need of wine: (K, TA:) so in the copies of the K; but correctly, of flesh-meat, as in the M. (TA.) b2: And They found pasturage for their cattle, and it rendered them in no need of purchasing fodder. (K, * TA.) A3: And تعدّى مَهْرَ فُلَانَةَ He took, or received, the dowry, or bridal gift, of such a woman. (K.) 6 تعادى القَوْمُ The people, or party, became affected, [or infected,] or smitten, (S, TA,) one with the disease of another, or one with the like of the disease of another: (S:) or died, one after another, (S, TA,) in one month, and in one year. (TA.) And تعادت الإِبِلُ The camels died in great numbers. (TA.) b2: And تعادى القَوْمُ عَلَىَّ بِنَصْرِهِمْ The people, or party, came upon me consecutively with their aid, or assistance. (TA.) b3: One says also, تعادى القَوْمُ (S, K) from العَدَاوَةُ (S) meaning The people, or party, treated, or regarded, one another with enmity, or hostility. (K.) b4: And تعادى مَا بَيْنَهُمْ (S, K) The case, or affair, that was between them became in a bad, or corrupt, state, (S,) or complicated, intricate, or confused, so as to be a subject of disagreement, or difference, between them. (K.) b5: And تعادى المَكَانُ The place was, or became, dissimilar in its several parts; and uneven. (TA.) and [hence] one says, بِعُنُقِى وَجَعٌ مِنْ تَعَادِى الوِسَادِ مِنَ المَكَانِ المُتَعَادِى i. e. [In my neck is a pain from the unevenness of the pillow from] the uneven place. (TA.) b6: And تعادى He, or it, was, or became, distant, remote, far off, or aloof, (S, * K, * TA,) عَنْهُ from him, or it. (S, TA.) A2: تعادوا They vied, competed, or contended for superiority, in going the pace termed العَدْو [meaning in running]. (K, TA.) 8 إِعْتَدَوَ see 1, second quarter, in three places. b2: الاِعْتِدَآءُ in supplication [to God] is The exceeding the limits of the [Prophet's] rule, or usage, that has been transmitted from generation to generation. (TA.) 10 الاِسْتِعْدَآءُ signifies The asking, or demanding, of aid, or assistance, (Mgh, Msb,) and of vengeance, or avengement, (Mgh,) and of strengthening: (Msb:) and also the act of aiding, or assisting. (Mgh.) You say, استعداهُ He asked, or demanded, of him (i. e. the prince, or governor, or commander, S, Mgh, Msb) aid, or assistance, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) عَلَيْهِ against him, (S, Mgh, Msb,) namely, one who wronged him: (Mgh, Msb:) [or,] accord. to El-Khuwárezmee (who derives it from العَدِىُّ signifying الرَّجَّالَةُ الَّذِينَ يَعْدُونَ), استعدى [or استعدى القَاضِىَ] means he asked, or demanded, of the judge, that he should make his foot-messengers to run in quest of his antagonist and to bring him, for the purpose of exacting from him his right, or due. (De Sacy's Chrest. Arabe, sec. ed., iii. 100. [and an explanation similar to this, but not a similar derivation, is indicated in the Mgh by an explanation of أَعْدَاهُ, q. v.]) b2: See also 4, last sentence.

عَدَا, as a verb, or a preposition, or both, denoting an exception: see 1, last sentence.

عَدْوٌ an inf. n. of 1 [q. v.] b2: فَعَلَ كَذَا عَدْوًا بَدْوًا means He did thus openly, or publicly. (TA.) عِدْوٌ: see عِدًى: b2: and see also عَدَآءٌ.

عَدًى [or عَدًا]: see عُدْوَةٌ, in two places: and عَادٍ, last sentence.

عُدًى: see the next paragraph.

A2: [It is also a pl. of عَدُوٌّ, q. v.]

عِدًى The stones of a grave; as also ↓ عُدًى: (KL:) [i. e.] the broad stones with which the [oblong excavation called] لَحْد is covered over: (AA, TA:) or a thin stone with which a thing is concealed, or covered over; as also ↓ عِدَآءٌ; (K, TA;) the latter written in [a copy of] the M ↓ عَدَاءٌ, like سَحَابٌ; but [the former explanation seems to be the more correct, for] it is added in the K that one thereof is termed ↓ عِدْوٌ; and accord. to this, the word expl. above [or each of the two words expl. above] is a pl. (TA. [See also عِدْوَةٌ.]) b2: And Any piece of wood that is put between two [other] pieces of wood. (K, * TA.) A2: See also عُدْوَةٌ, in two places: and عَادٍ, last sentence: b2: and عُدَوَآءُ: b3: and عَدَآءٌ.

A3: [It is also a pl. of عَدُوٌّ, which see in two places.

A4: ] And عِدَى is used as a prefixed n. for عِدَة as syn. with وَعْد. (Fr; S and L in art. وعد, q. v.) عَدْوَةٌ [inf. n. un. of عَدَا: pl. عَدَوَاتٌ. b2: Hence the saying, السُّلْطَانُ ذُو عَدَوَاتٍ وَذُو بَدَوَاتٍ, expl. voce بَدَآءٌ, in art. بدو. See another reading of this saying voce عَدَوَانٌ.] b3: [Hence also,] one says, لَهُ عَدْوَةٌ شَدِيدَةٌ He has a vehement run of the kind termed عَدْو, inf. n. of عَدَا. (Msb) b4: عَدْوَةُ الأَمَدِ means The extent of the eyesight. (TA.) And one says, هُوَ مِنِّى عَدْوَةَ القَوْسِ [app. meaning He, or it, is at the distance of a bowshot from me]. (TA.) A2: See also عُدْوَةٌ. b2: عَدَايَا is used in poetry as a pl. of عدوة [app. عَدْوَةٌ, but in what sense is not shown]. (TA.) عُدْوَةٌ and ↓ عِدْوَةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) the former of the dial. of Kureysh and the latter of the dial. of Keys, (Msb,) and ↓ عَدْوَةٌ, (K,) all mentioned by ISd, (TA,) The side of a valley; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ عِدًى; (K;) which last likewise signifies [absolutely] a side, or lateral part or portion; and so ↓ عَدًى; (K, TA; [see both voce عَادٍ, last sentence;]) thus in the M; (TA;) and the pl. is أَعْدَآءٌ; (K, TA;) or this last signifies [particularly] the sides of a valley, and so do ↓ عِدًى and ↓ عَدًى: (TA:) the pl. of عُدْوَةٌ and ↓ عِدْوَةٌ is عِدَآءٌ and [of عُدْوَةٌ] عُدَيَاتٌ also. (S.) b2: And عُدْوَةٌ signifies also An elevated place; and so ↓ عِدْوَةٌ: (AA, S, K:) pl. [as above, i. e. of both] عِدَآءٌ and [of the former] عُدَيَاتٌ [also]. (K. [In some copies of the K, the latter pl. is written عَدَيَاتٌ; in the CK عُدْياتٌ; but it is correctly عُدَيَاتٌ, as above, thus in my copies of the S; and perhaps عِدَيَاتٌ may also be a pl., i. e. of عِدْوَةٌ, being thus written accord. to the TA in copies of the S.]) b3: And A place far extending: (K, TA:) mentioned by ISd. (TA.) b4: See also عَدَآءٌ. b5: [Reiske, as stated by Freytag, has expl. عُدْوَةٌ as signifying “ Atrium, impluvium domus: ” but this the former has app. done from his having found عدوة erroneously written for عَذِرَة.]

A2: عُدْوَةٌ signifies also The kind of plants, or herbage, termed خُلَّة; i. e., in which is sweetness. (TA.) عِدْوَةٌ: see عُدْوَةٌ, in three places: b2: and see also عَدَآءٌ. b3: [Freytag states, as from the Deewán of the Hudhalees, that, accord. to some, it signifies A stone with which a grave, or a well, is covered: and that the pl. is ↓ عَدَآءٌ: this latter, if correct, is a quasi-pl. n.: but perhaps it is correctly عِدَآءٌ: see عِدًى, first sentence.]

A2: أُمُور عِدْوَة [app. أُمُورٌ عِدْوَةٌ, or perhaps أُمُورُ عِدْوَةٍ,] signifies Remote affairs. (TA.) عَدْوَى Mange, or scab, or other disease, that passes, or is transitive, from one to another; (S, K, TA;) a transitive disease; and such is said to be the جَرَب, and the بَرَص, and the رَمَد, and the حَصْبَة, and the جُذَام, and the وَبَآء, and the جُدَرِىّ. (Kull p. 259.) You say, لَا تُقَرِّبْهُ مِنْهُ فَإِنَّ بِهِ عَدْوَى Do not thou bring him near to him, for in him is a disease such as the mange, or scab, that is transitive from one to another. (TK.) b2: And The transition of the mange, or scab, or other disease, from him that has it to another: (S, K, TA, TK:) the subst. from يَعْدُو said of the mange, or scab, expl. above, as meaning “ it passes ” &c. (Msb. [See 1, first quarter.]) It is said in a trad., لَا عَدْوَى, i. e. لَا يُعْدِى شَىْءٌ شَيْئًا [A thing (meaning disease) does not pass by its own agency to a thing]; (S;) or [lit.] there is no transition of the mange, or scab, or other disease, from him that has it to another. (TK.) b3: And i. q. فَسَادٌ [i. e. Badness, corruptness, unsoundness, &c.]. (K, TA. [In the CK erroneously written in this sense عُدْوٰى; which, however, being an inf. n. of عَدَا in the phrase عَدَا عَلَيْهِ, q. v., may be correctly used as having the same, or nearly the same, meaning.]) So in the saying, ?? [In him, or it, is badness, &c.]. (TK.) A2: A(??) A demand that one makes upon a prefect, or governor, [or judge,] to aid, or assist, him against him who has wronged him, i. e. to inflict penal retribution on him, (IF, S, Msb,) for his wrongdoing to him. (IF, Msb.) b2: and Aid, or assistance, against a wrongdoer, (S, Mgh, TA,) required of a judge, for the bringing into his presence the antagonist: and also applied to a signet, or a [sealed] piece of clay, given by the judge as a token to denote the summoning of him whose presence is required. (Mgh.) عُدَوَآءُ (S, K) and ↓ عَادِيَةٌ and ↓ عَدَآءٌ (K) Distance, or remoteness, (S, K, TA,) as also ↓ عِدًى, (Ham p. 377,) [or particularly] of a house, or an abode, or a dwelling. (S, TA.) [Hence,] one says, طَالَتْ عُدَوَاؤُهُمْ Their distance, or remoteness, one from another, and their separation, was, or became, long. (TA.) b2: Also (i. e. the first and ↓ second and ↓ third words) Occupation, or business, that turns one away, or back, from a thing: (K, TA:) or عُدَوَآءُ signifies a custom, or habit, of occupation or business: (TA:) and عُدَوَآءُ الشُّغْلِ, the hindrances, or impediments, of occupation or business: (S, TA:) and one says, جِئْتَنِى وَأَنَا فِى عُدَوَآءَ عَنْكَ i. e. [Thou camest to me when I was engaged] in an occupation that diverted [me from thee]: (so in one of my copies of the S:) the pl. of ↓ عَادِيَةٌ is عَوَادٍ: (TA:) عَوَادِى الدَّهْرِ means the accidents, or casualties, of time or fortune, that divert [or intervene as obstacles] by occupying or busying: (S:) and you say, عَوَادِ ↓ عَدَتْ, [lit.] meaning Things, or events, turning away, or back, turned, or have turned, away, or back; [but this phrase, when followed by دُونَ or بَيْنَ, I would rather render, simply, obstacles occurred, or have occurred;] (S, TA;) thus in the latter of two verses cited voce حَبَّ. (S.) b3: عُدَوَآءُ الدَّهْرِ means The shifting, and varying, of time or fortune. (TA.) b4: and عُدَوَآءُ الشَّوْقِ What has severely affected, distressed, or afflicted, its sufferer, of the yearning, or longing, of the soul, or of longing desire. (TA.) b5: And عُدَوَآءُ signifies also A مَرْكَب [i. e. beast, or saddle, or thing on which one rides,] that is not easy: (K:) or, accord. to As, a place where he who sits thereon is not in a state of ease: and one says, جِئْتُ عَلَى مَرْكَبٍ ذِى عُدَوَآءَ i. e. [I came upon a beast, or saddle, &c.,] that was not easy: (S:) and جِئْتُكَ عَلَى فَرَسٍ ذِى عُدَوَآءَ, the last word imperfectly decl., i. e. [I came to thee upon a horse] that was not easy: (TA:) and جَلَسَ عَلَى عُدَوَآءَ He sat upon an uneven thing or place; (M, TA;) the last word imperfectly decl., as is said by ISd. (TA.) b6: Also Dry, hard, land; (K, TA;) sometimes occurring in a well when it is dug; and sometimes it is stone, from which the digger turns aside: and one says, أَرْضٌ ذَاتُ عُدَوَآءَ, meaning land that is not even, or plain; not easy to walk or ride or lie upon: or, as some say, it means a rough, rugged, place: or an elevated place upon which the camel lies down and then reclines thereon upon his side, having by his side a depressed place, which causes him to tend downwards, in consequence whereof he becomes in the state termed تَوَهُّنٌ, [weak, or languid, and unable to rise,] i. e. in the condition of extending his body towards the low place while his legs are upon the عُدَوَآء, which is the elevated, so that he is unable to rise, and dies. (TA.) A2: And [it is said that] العُدَوَآءُ also signifies اناخة قليلة [app. إِنَاخَةٌ قَلِيلَةٌ, meaning A little, or brief, making of a camel to lie down upon the breast, as is done on the occasions of mounting and dismounting &c.]. (TA.) عُدْوِىٌّ and عُدَوِىٌّ [are rel. ns. of which only the fem. forms are mentioned, in what here follows]. عُدْوِيَّةٌ and عُدَوِيَّةٌ are rel. ns. of عُدْوَةٌ as meaning “ the kind of plants, or herbage, termed خُلَّة,” the former reg. and the latter irreg.; and عَوَادٍ [pl. of ↓ عَادٍ or of عَادِيَةٌ] is a possessive epithet [from the same], without the relative ى: [all are app. applied to camels, as meaning Having for their pasture the plants, or herbage, called عُدْوَة, above mentioned: but it is immediately added,] and عُدْوِيَّةٌ and عُدَوِيَّةٌ applied to camels signify that pasture upon the [plants called] حَمْض: (TA:) and ↓ عَادِيَةٌ and [the pl.] عَوَادٍ, so applied, have this latter meaning accord. to the M and K: but accord. to the S, they are applied to camels as meaning abiding among the [trees called] عِضَاه, not quitting them, and not pasturing upon the حَمْض; and so is [the pl.] عَادِيَاتٌ. (TA in another portion of this art.) [See also عَاذِيَةٌ, in art. عذو.]

عِدَوِىٌّ, being a rel. n. of عِدَةٌ, see in art. وعد.

عَدَوِيَّةٌ The herbage of the صَيْف [q. v., here app. meaning spring], after the departure of the رَبِيع [q. v., here app. meaning winter]: (S, K:) it is applied to the young trees which then become green and are depastured by the camels: (S:) or, as some say, the [plants, or herbage, called] رَبْل [q. v.]. (TA.) b2: And The young ones of sheep or goats. (K.) b3: And Female infants [of the age] of forty days; (K, TA; [in the CK, نَبات is erroneously put for بَنَات;]) but when their [hair termed] عَقِيقَة has been cut off, this appel-lation is no longer applied to them: so says Lth; but Az pronounces him to have erred: (TA:) or it is with غ (K, TA) and ذ, both dotted, or only the former of them dotted, and one of them is called غَدِىٌّ [or غَدَوِىٌّ, or غَذِىٌّ or غَذَوِىٌّ]: thus in the M, and thus accord. to Az. (TA.) عُدْوَانٌ [expl. in the S as signifying Sheer or unmixed, wrongful or unjust or injurious or tyrannical conduct,] is an inf. n. of عَدَا in the phrase عَدَا عَلَيْهِ [q. v.]; (ISd, Msb, K;) as also عِدْوَانٌ. (ISd, K.) عَدَوَانٌ, applied to a wolf, (S, K,) means يَعْدُو عَلَى النَّاسِ [i. e. That acts aggressively against men]; (S, TA;) i. q. ↓ عَادٍ [app. in this sense], (K, TA,) which occurs in a trad. applied to a beast of prey, (TA,) an epithet applied to a beast of prey by the Prophet: (Mgh:) one says سَبُعٌ عَادٍ and سِبَاعٌ عَادِيَةٌ. (Msb.) [In the S, immediately after the words يَعْدُو عَلَى النَّاسِ, it is added, and hence their saying, السُّلْطَانُ ذُو عَدَوَانٍ وَذُو بَدَوَانٍ; and thus I find the saying cited as from the S in arts. عدو and بدو of the PS: but I think that عَدَوَانٍ and بَدَوَانٍ, here, are mistranscriptions for عَدَوَاتٍ and بَدَوَاتٍ, as I find them written in my copies of the S and TA in the arts. above mentioned: see عَدْوَةٌ, above; and see بَدَآءٌ in art. بدو, where it seems to be clearly shown that بَدَوَاتٍ is correct, as pl. of بَدَاةٌ.] b2: Also, (S, K, and Ham p. 81,) and ↓ عَدَّآءٌ, (Mgh, Msb, K, and Ham ubi suprà,) That runs vehemently, or much; (S, Mgh, Msb, K; *) i. q. شَدِيدُ العَدْوِ, (S, TA,) or كَثِيرُ العَدْوِ; (Ham;) applied to a horse: (Mgh, and Ham:) [and to a man:] الشَّدِيدَةُ, in the K, is a mistake for الشَّدِيدُهُ, meaning الشَّدِيدُ العَدْوِ. (TA.) عَدَآءٌ an inf. n. of عَدَا in the phrase عَدَا عَلَيْهِ [q. v.]. (S, Mgh, Msb, K.) b2: And, as also ↓ عِدَآءٌ, A single طَلَق [or heat; i. e., a single run, at once, to a goal, or limit]; (K, TA;) of a horse. (TA.) A2: And عَدَآءُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ, (S, K,) as also ↓ عِدَاهُ, (K, TA,) [the latter written in the CK عِداؤُهُ, but] the former is with the lengthened ا and the latter with the shortened ا, (TA,) and ↓ عِدْوُهُ and ↓ عِدْوَتُهُ and ↓ عُدْوَتُهُ, (K,) signify طَوَارُهُ, (S, K,) i. e. [The equal, of anything, in breadth and length; or] what is coextensive with anything in its breadth and its length. (S, TA.) One says, لَزِمْتُ عَدَآءَ الطَّرِيقِ, or النَّهْرِ, or الجَبَلِ, meaning طَوَارَهُ [i. e. I kept to the tract coextensive in its breadth and its length with the road, or the river, or the mountain]. (TA.) A3: See also عُدَوَآءُ, first and third sentences.

A4: And see عِدًى, and عِدْوَةٌ.

عِدَآءٌ: see the next preceding paragraph: A2: and see also عِدًى.

عَدُوٌّ And enemy, contr. of وَلِىٌّ, (S,) or of صَدِيقٌ, (K,) or of صَدِيقٌ مُوَالٍ; (Msb;) an epithet, but resembling a subst.: (S:) [and (like our word “ enemy ” in military parlance) a hostile party: for] it is used alike as sing. and pl. and masc. and fem.; (Msb, K;) as is said in the “ Muk-tasar el-' Eyn: ” (Msb:) but sometimes it is dualized and pluralized and feminized: (K:) the pl. is أَعْدَآءٌ; (S, Msb, K;) and the pl. of أَعْدَآءٌ is أَعَادٍ; (Msb, K; *) and عِدًى and عُدًى are also pls. of عَدُوٌّ; (S, Msb, K; [each improperly termed in the K اِسْمُ جَمْعٍ; for فِعَلٌ and فُعَلٌ are measures of pls., not of quasi-pl. ns.;]) the former said by ISk to be the only pl. of this measure among epithets; (S, Msb; *) and عُدَاةٌ, with damm and with ة, is another pl.; (Th, S, Msb;) and is pl. of ↓ عَادٍ, (K, TA,) which is syn. with عَدُوٌّ; (S, K, TA;) as in the saying of a woman of the Arabs, أَشْمَتَ رَبُّ العَالَمِينَ عَادِيَكَ [May the Lord of the beings of the universe make thy enemy to rejoice at thy affliction]: (S, TA:) the fem. form of عَدُوٌّ is عَدُوَّةٌ, (S, Msb,) which is said by Az to be used when the meaning of an epithet is intended: (Msb:) it is said by ISk, (S, TA,) and in the “ Bari',” (Msb,) that there is no instance of the measure فَعُولٌ in the sense of فَاعِلٌ but its fem. is without ة, except عَدُوَّةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) in the phrase هٰذِهِ عَدُوَّةٌ اللّٰهِ [This woman is the enemy of God]: accord. to Fr, عَدُوَّةٌ has the affix ة to assimilate it to صَدِيقَةٌ; for a word is sometimes formed to accord with its contr.: (S, TA:) Az says that he heard certain of the tribe of 'Okeyl say, [of some women,] هُنَّ وَلِيَّاتُ اللّٰهِ and عَدُوَّاتُ اللّٰهِ and أًوْلِيَاؤُهُ and أَعْدَاؤُهُ [i. e. They are the friends of God and the enemies of God]. (Msb.) [The pl.] عِدًى signifies also Persons distant, or remote, one from another: (ISd, K, TA:) and (K) strangers, or foreigners: (ISk, S, K, TA:) and such as are distant, or remote, in respect of relationship; or not relations: (TA:) as well as enemies: (M, TA:) كَالأَعْدَآءِ, which is added in the K after وَالغُرَبَآءُ, should be وَالأَعْدَآءُ. (TA.) عَدِىٌّ is a pl. [or rather a quasi-pl. n.] of عَادٍ, q. v. (S, TA.) عَدَاوَةٌ Enmity, or hostility; (S, K, TA;) like مُعَادَاةٌ [inf. n. of 3, q. v.]. (TA.) عَدَّآءٌ: see عَدَوَانٌ, last sentence.

عَادٍ [act. part. n. of عَدَا, q. v. b2: As such particularly signifying] Acting wrongfully, unjustly, injuriously, or tyrannically; transgressing, or exceeding the proper limit: (Msb, TA:) pl. عَادُونَ. (Msb.) Hence the saying, لَا أَشْمَتَ اللّٰهُ بِكَ عَادِيَكَ i. e. [May God not make to rejoice at thy affliction] him who acts wrongfully to thee. (TA.) [And hence the phrase لِصٌّ عَادِى ظَهْرٍ, expl. in art. ظهر.] See also عَدَوَانٌ. And see عَدُوٌّ, with which it is syn. b3: Also Seizing, or carrying off, by force; or snatching at unawares. (TA.) and العَادِى signifies [particularly] The lion; (K, TA;) because of his injuriousness, and his seizing men and making them his prey. (TA.) b4: ↓ عَدِىٌّ is a pl. of عَادٍ, [or rather a quasi-pl. n.,] like as غَزِىٌّ is of غَازٍ; as such signifying Runners upon their feet: (S, TA:) or a company of men, (K, TA,) in the dial. of Hudheyl, (TA,) that run to the fight (K, TA) and the like: (TA:) or the first, of the footmen, [or foot-soldiers,] that charge, or assault; (K, TA;) because they run quickly: (TA:) like عَادِيَةٌ, (K, TA,) of which the pl. is عَوَادٍ, (TA,) in both senses: or this signifies the horsemen; (K, TA;) i. e. the first, of the horsemen, that charge, or assault, in a hostile, or predatory, incursion, especially; (TA;) or horses making a hostile, or predatory, incursion; and hence [the pl.] العَادِيَات in the Kur c. 1. (TA in the supplement to this art.) And accord. to ElKhuwárezmee, عَدِىٌّ particularly signifies The foot-messengers of the sovereign, and of the judge, who are made to run in quest of one against whom an accusation has been made, and to bring him, for the purpose of exacting from him the right, or due, of his accuser. (De Sacy's Chrest. Arabe, sec. ed., iii. 100.) A2: عَادِى العَوَادِى, a phrase used by a poet, is expl. by IAar as meaning The hardest, or most pressing, or most severe, of occupations that turn one away, or back, from a thing. (TA.) A3: See also عَادٍ and its fem. عَادِيَةٌ voce عُدْوِىٌّ.

A4: عَادِيَا اللَّوْحِ signifies طَرَفَاهُ [The two extremities, or two sides, of the tablet or the like]; (K, TA;) each of them being called عادى [i. e.

عَادِى اللَّوْحِ, or a mistranscription for عَادٍ], like عِدى [i. e. ↓ عِدًى or ↓ عَدًى, both mentioned above, voce عُدْوَةٌ, as meaning, absolutely, a side, or lateral part or portion]. (TA.) عَادِيَةٌ [fem. of.عَادٍ, q. v.

A2: As a subst., it signifies] Wrongdoing, injustice, injuriousness, or tyranny; and evil, or mischief; (S, TA;) as in the saying دَفَعْتُ عَنْكَ عَادِيَةَ فُلَانٍ [I repelled, or have repelled, from thee the wrongdoing &c., and the evil, or mischief, of such a one]: (S:) it is an inf. n. [or rather a quasi-inf. n.] like عَاقِبَةٌ: and signifies also sharpness, or hastiness, of temper; and anger. (TA.) Also The harm, or hurt, of poison. (Har p. 304.) A3: See also عُدَوَآءُ, in three places.

A4: عَوَادِى الكَرْمِ, (K, TA,) of which عَادِيَةٌ is the sing., (TA,) signifies The grape-vines that are planted at the feet, or roots, of great trees. (K, TA.) أَعْدَى [a noun denoting the comparative and superlative degrees, and having several different significations]. أَعْدَى مِنَ الجَرَبِ More transitive, or wont to pass from one to another, than the mange, or scab, is a prov. (Meyd.) and أَعْدَى مِنَ الثُّؤَبَآءِ is another prov., having a similar meaning [i. e. More wont to pass from one to another, or, as we commonly say, more catching, than yawning]; (Meyd;) for when a man yawns in the presence of others, they become affected as he is. (TA in art. ثأب.) b2: أَعْدَى مِنَ الذِّئْبِ is also a prov., and may mean More wrongful, or more inimical, or more vehement in running, than the wolf. (Meyd.) أَعْدَى مِنْ سُلَيْكٍ, another prov., (expl. in the latter half of the first paragraph,) is from العَدْوُ. (Meyd.) b3: هُوَ أَعْدَى شَىْءٍ [app. meaning It is the most effectual thing to aid, or assist, or to avenge; أَعْدَى in this case being irregularly formed from the augmented verb in the phrase أَعْدَاهُ عَلَيْهِ]. (TA in art. ادو: see آدَى in that art.) تَعَادٍ Uneven places, (K, TA,) dissimilar in their several parts: occurring in this sense in a trad. (TA.) As mentions the saying نِمْتُ عَلَى

↓ مَكَانٍ مُتَعَادٍ, meaning [I slept upon] a place dissimilar in its several parts; uneven: and هٰذِهِ

↓ أَرْضٌ مُتَعَادِيَةٌ This is land having in it burrows, and [trenches, or channels, such as are termed]

لَخَاقِيق. (S, TA.) مَا لِى عَنْ فُلَانٍ مَعْدًى means There is not for me any going beyond such a one to another, nor any stopping short of him. (S.) مَعْدُوٌّ: see what next follows.

فُلَانٌ مَعْدِىٌّ عَلَيْهِ and ↓ مَعْدُوٌّ (S, K *) mean [Such a one is] treated wrongfully, unjustly, injuriously, or tyrannically: (K:) the ى in مَعْدِىٌّ is substituted for و because the latter [in this case] is deemed difficult of utterance. (S.) مُتَعَادٍ; and its fem., with ة: see تَعَادٍ.

(ع ر و) : (الْعُرْوَةُ) عُرْوَةُ الْقَمِيص وَالْكُوزِ وَالدَّلْوِ وَيُسْتَعَار لِمَا يُوثَق بِهِ وَيُعَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِ (مِنْهَا) الْعُرْوَةُ مِنْ الْكَلَأِ لِبَقِيَّةٍ تَبْقَى مِنْهُ بَعْد يُبْسٍ النَّبَاتِ لِأَنَّ الْمَاشِيَة تَتَعَلَّق بِهَا فَتَكُونُ عِصْمَة لَهَا وَلِهَذَا تُسَمَّى عُلْقَةً (وَعَنْ) الْأَزْهَرِيِّ هِيَ مِنْ دِقِّ الشَّجَرِ مَا لَهُ أَصْلٌ بَاقٍ فِي الْأَرْضِ مِثْل الْعَرْفَج وَالنَّصِيِّ وَأَجْنَاس الْخَلَّةِ وَالْحَمْضِ فَإِذَا أَمْحَلَ النَّاسُ عَصَمَتْ الْمَاشِيَة بِهَا (وَالْعُرْوَةُ) أَيْضًا مَنْ أَسْمَاءَ الْأَسَدِ (وَبِهَا سُمِّيَ) ابْنُ الْجَعْدِ الْبَارِقِيُّ وَكُنِيَ بِهَا الْعَبَّاسُ - رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ - وَيُقَالُ (عَرَاهُ مُهِمٌّ وَاعْتَرَاهُ) أَيْ أَصَابَهُ (وَعَرَوْتُ) الرَّجُلَ أَتَيْتُهُ طَالِبًا مَعْرُوفَهُ عَرْوًا (وَمِنْهُ) الْعَرِيَّةُ وَهِيَ النَّخْلَةُ يُعْرِيهَا صَاحِبُهَا رَجُلًا مُحْتَاجًا أَيْ يَجْعَلُ لَهُ ثَمَرَتَهَا عَامَهَا لِأَنَّهَا تُؤْتَى لِلِاجْتِنَاءِ وَلِذَا قَالُوا لِلْمُعْرِي الْعَارِي وَالْمُعْتَرِي وَقِيلَ لِأَنَّهَا عَرِيَتْ مِنْ التَّحْرِيمِ أَوْ لِأَنَّهُ لَمَّا وُهِبَ ثَمَرَتَهَا فَكَأَنَّهُ جَرَّدَهَا مِنْ الثَّمَرَةِ فَعَلَى الْأَوَّلِ فَعِيلَةٌ بِمَعْنَى مَفْعُولَةٍ هُوَ الصَّحِيحُ وَعَلَى الثَّانِي بِمَعْنَى فَاعِلَةٍ وَإِنَّمَا رَخَّصَ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - (فِي الْعَرَايَا) بَعْد نَهْيِهِ عَنْ الْمُحَاقَلَةِ وَالْمُزَابَنَةِ فِي أَنْ يَبْتَاعَ الْمُعْرِي ثَمَرَتَهَا مِنْ الْمُعْرَى بِثَمَرٍ لِمَكَانِ حَاجَتِهِ وَقَدْ قِيلَ فِي الْعَرِيَّةِ تَفْسِيرٌ آخَر إلَّا أَنَّ هَذَا هُوَ الْمُخْتَارُ يَشْهَدُ لَهُ الْحَدِيثُ الْآخَرُ خَفِّفُوا فِي الْخَرْصِ فَإِنَّ فِي الْمَالِ (الْعَرِيَّةَ وَالْوَصِيَّةَ) وَقَوْل سُوَيْد بْنِ الصَّامِتِ
وَلَيْسَتْ بِسَنْهَاءٍ وَلَا رُجَّبِيَّةٍ ... وَلَكِنْ (عَرَايَا) فِي السِّنِينَ الْجَوَائِحِ
أَقْوَى شَاهِد لِأَنَّهُ لَوْ كَانَ الْأَمْرُ كَمَا زَعَمُوا لَمَا كَانَ هَذَا مَدْحًا (وَالسَّنْهَاءُ) النَّخْلَةُ الَّتِي تَحْمِلُ سَنَةً وَسَنَةً لَا (وَالرُّجَبِيَّةُ) بِضَمِّ الرَّاء وَفَتْحِ الْجِيم الَّتِي تُبْنَى حَوْلَهَا رُجْبَة وَهِيَ جِدَارٌ وَنَحْوُهُ لِتَعْتَمِد عَلَيْهَا لِثِقَلِهَا أَوْ لِضَعْفِهَا (وَالْجَوَائِحُ) جَمْعُ جَائِحَةٍ وَهِيَ السَّنَةُ الْمُجْدِبَةُ وَمِنْ ذَوَاتِ الْيَاء عري (الْعُرْيُ) مَصْدَرُ عَرِيَ مِنْ ثِيَابِهِ فَهُوَ عَارٍ وَعُرْيَانٌ وَهِيَ عَارِيَّةٌ وَعُرْيَانَةٌ وَفَرَسٌ عُرْيٌ لَا سَرْجَ عَلَيْهِ وَلَا لِبْدَ وَجَمْعُهُ أَعْرَاءٌ وَلَا يُقَالُ فَرَسٌ عُرْيَانٌ كَمَا لَا يُقَالُ رَجُلٌ عُرْيٌ وَعَلَى ذَا قَوْلُهُ فِي الْأَيْمَان وَلَوْ رَكِبَ دَابَّةً عُرْيَانًا صَوَابُهُ عُرْيًا (وَقَوْلُهُ) فِي السِّيَرِ وَسَاقُوهَا عُرْيًا صَوَابُهُ أَعْرَاءً لِأَنَّ الْمُرَادَ الدَّوَابُّ (وَاعْرَوْرَى الدَّابَّةَ) رَكِبَهَا عُرْيًا (وَمِنْهُ) كَانَ النَّبِيُّ - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَآلِهِ وَسَلَّمَ - يَرْكَبُ الْحِمَارَ مُعْرَوْرِيًا وَهُوَ حَالٌ مِنْ ضَمِيرِ الْفَاعِلِ الْمُسْتَكِنِّ وَلَوْ كَانَ مِنْ الْمَفْعُولِ لَقِيلَ مُعْرَوْرِيٌّ.

عرو

1 عَرَاهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. عَرْوٌ; (S, Msb;) and ↓ اعتراهُ; (Msb, K;) He came to him, (S, Mgh, K,) syn. أَتَاهُ, (S, Mgh,) and أَلَمَّ بِهِ, (S,) or غَشِيَهُ, (K,) or he repaired to him, syn. قَصَدَهُ, (Msb,) seeking (S, Mgh, K) his beneficence, or bounty, (Mgh, K,) or for the purpose of seeking his gift, or aid: (Msb:) or both signify [simply] he, or it, came to him; syn. جَآءَهُ: (Ham pp. 24 and 109:) or عَرَوْتُهُ, also, signifies [simply] I came to him; syn. غَشِيتُهُ; and so عَرَيْتُهُ: (K in art. عرى:) and one says, عَرَى الرجل عريةً شَدِيدَةً and عروةً شديدةً

[app. He came to the man, or upon him, with a vehement coming; for it seems that الرَّجُلَ is meant, and that عَرْيَة and عَرْوَة are inf. ns. of un.]: (TA, immediately after what here next precedes:) and عَرَا, aor. ـْ also signifies [simply] he sought [&c.]: and hence the saying of Lebeed in a verse cited in art. ثأر [q. v., conj. 8]: (S, * TA:) the pass. part. n. is ↓ مَعْرُوٌّ. (S, Msb.) One says also, فُلَانٌ تَعْرُوهُ الأَضْيَافُ and ↓ تَعْتَرِيهِ i. e. Such a one, guests come to him; syn. تَغْشَاهُ. (S, TA.) And عَرَانِى هٰذَا الأَمْرُ and ↓ اِعْتَرَانِى This affair, or event, came upon me; syn. غَشِيَنِى. (S.) and عَرَاهُ الأَمْرُ, (Msb, TA,) aor. ـْ The affair, or event, came upon him (غَشِيَهُ), (TA,) and befell him; (Msb, TA;) as also ↓ اعتراهُ. (Msb.) and عَرَاهُ المُهِمُّ and ↓ اعتراهُ The hard, or difficult, affair, or event, befell him. (Mgh.) And عَرَّهُ signifies the same. (Ksh in xlviii. 25.) [And in like manner ↓ اعتراهُ said of a malady, and of diabolical possession, &c., It befell, or betided, him; attacked him; or occurred, or was incident or incidental, to him.] And عَرَاهُ البَرْدُ The cold smote him. (TA.) A2: A3: See also 2.

A4: عُرِىَ He (a man, S) was, or became, affected with what is termed the عُرَوَآء [q. v.] of fever: (S, K, TA:) and ElFárábee has mentioned, in the “ Deewán el-Adab,” among verbs of the class of فَعَلَ, aor. ـْ عَرَا from العُرَوَآءُ: (Har p. 406:) ISd says that the verb mostly used is the former, and its part. n. is ↓ مَعْرُوٌّ: but some say that the verb [i. e. عُرِيَت; imperfectly written in my copy of the TA, but cleared from doubt by its being there added that the part. n. is مَعْرُوَّةٌ,] is said of a fever, as meaning it came with a shivering, or trembling. (TA.) b2: Also, He (a man) was, or became, affected with the tremour of fear. (TA.) b3: One says also, عُرِىَ إِلَى الشَّىْءِ, meaning (tropical:) He felt a want of the thing (اِسْتَوْحَشَ إِلَيْهِ) after having sold it. (K, TA.) And عُرِيتُ إِلَى

↓ مَالٍ لِى أَشَدَّ العُرَوَآءِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) My soul followed [most vehemently, or I felt a most vehement yearning towards,] property that belonged to me after having sold it. (TA.) And عُرِىَ هُوَاهُ إِلَى

كَذَا (assumed tropical:) He yearned towards, or longed for, such a thing. (TA.) 2 عرّى القَمِيصَ He put button-loops (عُرًى [pl. of عُرْوَةٌ]) to the shirt; as also ↓ اعراهُ. (TA.) b2: And عرّى المَزَادَةَ, thus, with teshdeed, in copies of the K, agreeably with the Tekmileh, or ↓ عَرَى

[or عَرَا], without teshdeed, as in the M, (TA,) He put a loop-shaped handle (عُرْوَة) to the مزادة [or leathern water-bag]. (K, TA.) 4 اعراهُ نَخْلَةً (S, K) He assigned to him (i. e. a man in need, S) a palm-tree as an عَرِيَّة [q. v.; accord. to some, belonging to art. عرى], (S, Msb,) for him to eat its fruit: (Msb:) [i. e.] he gave to him the fruit of a palm-tree during a year. (S; and K in art. عرى.) A2: اعراهُ صَدِيقُهُ His friend went, or removed, far away from him, and did not aid him. (S.) And أَعْرَوْا صَاحِبَهُمْ They left their companion (K, TA) in his place; and went away from him. (TA.) [But these two significations seem rather to belong to art. عرى.]

A3: See also 2.

A4: اعرى, intrans., He (a man) was, or became, fevered, or affected with fever. (TA. [From عُرَوَآءُ.]) b2: And أَعْرَيْنَا We were, or became, affected by a cold night [such as is termed لَيْلَةٌ عَرِيَّةٌ]: or we came to experience the cold of evening. (TA.) One says, أَهْلَكَ فَقَدْ

أَعْرَيْتَ i. e. [Betake thyself to thy family, for thou hast reached the time when] the sun has set and the evening has become cold. (S.) 8 اعتراهُ: see 1, in six places. b2: Also i. q. قَصَدَ عَرَاهُ i. e. نَاحِيَتَهُ [app. as meaning He repaired to his region, or quarter; or his vicinage]. (TA.) b3: And i. q. خَبَلَهُ [He, or it, rendered him possessed, or insane; or unsound in his intellect, or in a limb or member]. (TA.) 10 استعرى النَّاسُ The people ate the fresh ripe dates (S, K, the latter in art. عرى,) فِى كُلِّ وَجْهٍ

[in every direction]: from العَرِيَّةُ. (S.) عَرًا, (T, S, K, TA,) mentioned in the K in art. عرى, but accord. to Az, thus written with ا, as belonging to the present art., (TA,) i. q. نَاحِيَةٌ [as meaning A region, or quarter; or a vicinage]; (K in art. عرى;) and so ↓ عِرْوٌ, (K in art. عرو,) of which the pl. is أَعْرَآءٌ; (TA;) and جَنَابٌ [which likewise signifies a vicinage; and a place of alighting or abode; &c.; and also has the two meanings here following]; as also ↓ عَرَاةٌ; (K in art. عرى;) this last and عَرًا both signify a yard, syn. فِنَآءٌ; (S;) and a court, syn. سَاحَةٌ; (T, S;) as also ↓ عَرْوَةٌ. (T, TA.) One says, نَزَلَ فِى عَرَاهُ [or بِعَرَاهُ and بِحَرَاهُ (S in art. حرى)] meaning نَاحِيَتِهِ [i. e. He alighted, or descended and abode, in his region, or quarter, or his vicinage]: (TA:) or نَزَلَ بِعَرَاهُ and ↓ عَرْوَتِهِ i. e. [he alighted, &c.,] in his court. (Az, TA.) عُرْوٌ: see عُرْوَةٌ.

عِرْوٌ: see عَرًا: A2: and see also عُرْوَةٌ.

A3: Also One who is not disquieted, or rendered anxious, or grieved, by an affair: (K:) [or] أَنَا عِرْوٌ مِنْهُ means I am free, or free in mind, (خِلْوٌ,) from it: (S:) but it is held by ISd to belong to art. عرى: (TA:) the pl. is أَعْرَآءٌ; (K, TA;) which is said in the Tekmileh to signify persons who are not disquieted, or rendered anxious, or grieved, by that which disquiets, &c., their companions. (TA.) A4: And A company of men: [pl. as above:] one says, بِهَا أَعْرَآءٌ مِنَ النَّاسِ [In it are companies of men]. (TA.) عَرَاةٌ: see عَرًا.

A2: Also Vehemence, or intenseness, of cold: (S, K; mentioned in the latter in art. عرى:) originally عَرْوَةٌ. (TA.) عَرْوَةٌ: see عَرًا, in two places.

عُرْوَةٌ primarily signifies A thing by means of which another thing is rendered fast, or firm, and upon which reliance is placed: (TA:) or it is metaphorically applied in this sense; from the same word as signifying an appertenance of a shirt, and of a mug, and of a leathern bucket. (Mgh, Msb. *) b2: The عُرْوَة of a shirt, (S, M, Msb,) or of a garment, (K,) is well known; (S, Msb;) i. e. [A button-loop, or loop into which a button is inserted and by means of which it is rendered fast;] the thing into which the زِرّ [or button] thereof enters; (M, TA;) the sister of the زرّ thereof; (K;) as also عُرًى, accord. to the copies of the K, or عَرِىٌّ, accord. to some of them; and with kesr; but correctly with damm and with the ر quiescent [i. e. ↓ عُرْوٌ] as in the Tekmileh; and also with kesr [i. e. ↓ عِرْوٌ]; as though these two were pls. [or rather coll. gen. ns.] of عروة [i. e. عُرْوَةٌ and عِرْوَةٌ]: (TA:) the pl. is عُرًى: (Msb:) عراوى [i. e. عَرَاوَى] as pl. of عُرْوَةٌ is vulgar. (TA.) b3: [The pl.] عُرًى also signifies [in like manner] Certain [well-known] appertenances [i. e. loop] of loads, or burdens, and of the camels that bear saddles or burdens: whence the trad. لَا تُشَدُّ العُرَى إِلَّا إِلَى ثَلَاثَةِ مَسَاجِدَ [The loops of loads shall not be made fast for the purpose of journeying save to three mosques; that of Mekkeh, that of El-Medeeneh, and that of El-Aksà at Jerusalem: see also similar trads. in art. ضرب (first paragraph, see. col.,) and in art. عمل (conj. 4)]. (TA.) b4: The عُرْوَة of the leathern bucket is likewise well known, (TA,) and so is that of the mug: (S, TA:) each is The [loopshaped] handle: (K, TA:) [so too is that of the leathern water-bag: (see 2:)] that of the mug is [also called] its أُذُن. (Msb.) b5: The عُرْوَة of the فَرْج [or vulva of a woman] is The flesh of its exterior, (K, TA,) or an external flesh, (so in some copies of the K,) which is, or becomes, thin, and turns to the right and left, with [or at] the lower part of the بَظْر [here meaning the clitoris]: (K, TA;) each of what are termed عُرْوَتَانِ [i. e. the nymphæ]. (TA.) b6: And عُرْوَةٌ signifies also A collection of [the trees called] عِضَاه and of [those called] حَمْض that are depastured in the case of drought: (K:) or especially a collection of عِضَاه upon which men pasture [their beasts or cattle] when they experience drought: or such as remain of عِضَاه and of حَمْض and are depastured in the case of drought; and it is not applied to any trees but these, unless to any trees that have remained in the صَيْف [here app. meaning spring, having survived the winter]: (TA:) also tangled, or luxuriant, or abundant and dense, trees, among which the camels pass the winter, and whereof they eat: (K:) and (as some say, TA) tree of which the leaves fall not in the winter, (K, TA,) such as the أَرَاك and the سِدْر: (TA:) or trees that remain incessantly in the earth, not going: (S:) or such as suffice the camels. or cattle, throughout the gear: (TA:) or shrubs of which the lower portions remain in the earth, such as the عَرْفَج and the نَصِىّ and the several kinds of خُلَّة and حَمْض; so that when, men experience drought, the cattle gain the means of subsistence; thus accord. to Az: or pasture that remains after the [other] herbage has dried up; because the cattle cling thereto, or eat thereof in the winter. (تَتَعَلَّقُ بِهَا,) and are preserved thereby: wherefore they are also called عُلْقَة: (Mgh: [but for عَلَقة in my copy of that work, I have substituted عُلْقَة as being evidently the right word:]) [see also عُقْدَةٌ, in the last quarter of the paragraph, in two places:] the pl. is عُرًى. (S, TA.) b7: Also The environs of a town [where people pasture their cattle]. (K, TA.) One says, رَعَيْنَا عُرْوَةَ مَكَّةَ i. e. [We pastured our cattle] in the environs of Mekkeh. (TA.) b8: And the pl., عُرًى, signifies (tropical:) A company, or party, of men by whom one benefits, or profits; as being likened to the trees [so called] that remain [throughout the winter]: (TA:) or a company, or party, of men is likened to the trees thus called. (S.) b9: And the sing., (tropical:) Such as is held in high estimation, or in much request, of camels, or cattle, or other property; as an excel-lent horse; (K, TA;) and the like. (TA.) b10: عُرْوَةُ الصَّعَالِيكِ means (assumed tropical:) The stay, or support, of the صعاليك [i. e. poor, or needy]: and [hence] is the name [or a surname] of a well-known man. (TA. [See صُعْلُوكٌ.]) b11: العُرْوَةُ الوُثْقَى signifies The firmest thing upon which one lays hold: (Bd in xxxi. 21: [see also ii. 257, where the same phrase occurs:]) and is [said to be] the saying “ There is no deity but God: ” from العُرْوَةُ [in the first of the senses assigned to it above, as is indicated in the Msb in relation to a similar phrase here following; or] as signifying “ the trees that have a lower portion remaining in the earth, as the نَصِىّ and the عَرْفَج &c.; ” as expl. above. (TA.) And أَوْثَقُ عُرًى [The firmest of things upon which one lays hold], occurring in a saying of the Prophet, is expl. as being [religious] belief, or faith. (Msb.) b12: And العُرْوَةُ is a name of The lion. (S, Mgh, K.) عُرَوَآءُ A tremour, or shivering: (Mz, 40th نوع:) or the access of a fever, on the occasion of the first tremour, or shivering, thereof. (S, K.) b2: [and accord. to Freytag, it occurs in the Deewán of the Hudhalees as meaning The coming of a hero, and the tremour thence arising in others. b3: and A feeling of yearning, or longing:] see 1, last sentence but one. b4: And The low voice (syn.

حِسّ) of the lion. (K.) b5: And The interval from the sun's becoming yellow to the night, when cold wind springs up, (M, * K, TA,) i. e., the north, or northerly, wind. (TA.) عَرِىٌّ an epithet applied to a palm-tree such as is termed عَرِيَّةٌ [q. v.]: one says نَخْلَةٌ عَرِىٌّ, (S, Msb,) the latter word without ة; like as one says اِمْرَأَةٌ قَتِيلٌ. (Msb.) A2: And رِيحٌ عَرِيَّةٌ (S, K) and عَرِىٌّ (K) A cold wind. (S, K: mentioned in the K in this art. and also in art. عرى) and one says also, إِنَّ عَشِيَّتَنَا هٰذِهِ لَعَرِيَّةٌ [Verily this our evening is cold]. (El-Kilábee, S.) and لَيْلَةٌ عَرِيَّةٌ A cold night. (TA.) عَرِيَّةٌ [as a subst.] A palm-tree which its owner assigns to another, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, *) who is in need, (S, Mgh,) for him to eat its fruit (S, Mgh, Msb, K *) during a year: (S, Mgh, K:) and of which what was upon it has been eaten: (K:) so some say: or that does not retain its fruit, this becoming scattered from it: (TA:) and one that has been excluded from the bargaining on the occasion of the selling of palm-trees: (K:) so some say: (TA:) the pl. is عَرَايَا: (S, Mgh, Msb:) it is said that on the occasion of the prohibition of المُزَابَنَة, which is the selling of the fruit upon the heads of palm-trees for dried dates, license was conceded in respect of the عَرَايَا, because a needy man, attaining to the season of fresh ripe dates, and having no money with which to buy them for his household, nor any palm-trees to feed them therefrom, but having some dried dates remaining of his food, would come to the owner of palm-trees, and say to him, “ Sell to me the fruit of a palm-tree,” or “ of two palm-trees,” and would give him those remaining dried dates for that fruit: therefore license was conceded in respect of that fruit when less than five أَوْسُق [pl. of pauc. of وَسْقٌ, q. v.]: (Nh, TA: [and the like is said, but much less fully, in the Mgh; and somewhat thereof in the S:]) the word is of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ in the sense of the measure مَفْعُولَةٌ, because the person to whom it is assigned repairs to it (S, Nh, * Mgh, Msb, TA) to gather its fruit: (Mgh:) or the tree is so called because it is freed from prohibition, (Nh, Mgh, TA,) from عَرِىَ, aor. ـْ (Nh, TA,) in which case the word is of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ in the sense of the measure فَاعِلَةٌ; or because it is as though it were divested of its fruit: (Mgh:) the ة is affixed because the word is reckoned among substs., like نَطِيحَةٌ and أَكِيلَةٌ. (S, Msb.) [It is mentioned in the K in art. عرى. See also عَرِىٌّ, above.] b2: Also A مِكْتَل [or kind of basket, made of palm-leaves, in which dates &c. are carried]. (K and TA in art. عرى. [In the CK, المَكِيلِ is erroneously put for المِكْتَلُ.]) عَرَاوَةٌ, expl. by Freytag as signifying “ oleris species ” &c., is a manifest mistake for عَرَارَةٌ, n. un. of عَرَارٌ, q. v.]

عَارٍ act. part. n. of عَرَاهُ in the first [and in others also] of the senses assigned to it above. (Msb.) En-Nábighah says, أَتَيْتُكَ عَارِيًا خَلَقًا ثِيَابِى

عَلَى خَوْفٍ يُظَنُّ بِىَ الظُّنُونُ meaning I came to thee, or have come to thee, as a guest [or seeking thy beneficence, with my clothes old and worn out, in fear, various thoughts being thought of me]. (S; one of my copies of which has تَظُنُّ instead of يُظَنُّ.) أُعْرُوَانٌ (so in copies of the K and accord. to the TA, in the CK عُروان,) A certain plant: (K, TA:) or one of which the leaves fall not in the winter. (CK.) مُعَرًّى An epithet applied to a فَرْج as meaning Having what is termed عُرْوَةٌ [q. v.] (K, TA) or what are termed عُرْوَتَانِ. (TA.) مَعْرُوٌّ pass. part. n. of عَرَا, q. v. (S, Msb.) b2: And part. n. of عُرِىَ, q. v. (ISd, TA.)

علو: علا. علامَنْ: سعيد مَنْ: (ميهرن ص32).
علا: تعالى، تعاظم، تظاهر بالعلو والرفعة (بوشر).
علا على: عَلَّى الارتفاع، زاد البناء ارتفاعا، وهو من مصطلح فن العمارة. (بوشر).
علا ب: تلا بصوت عال. (ابن جبير ص97).
علا: سفد، نزا على أنثاه. (بوشر). وفي ابن البيطار (3: 143): وهذا الحيوان بَغَّاء للحيوان وذلك إنه لا يمرَّ به حيوان من غير جنسه إلا وعلاه.
عَلَّى (بالتشديد): سفد، نزا على الأنثى. (معجم الطرائف).
عَلَّى: زاده ضغثا على إبالة. (ألكالا).
عَلَّى: دَفَّ بالواح خشبية، تخَّت. (ألكالا).
عَلَّى: ألقى بعيداً. (فوك).
أعلى: بدلاً أن يقال: أُعل عني يقال أيضاً أَعْلِ وحدها بمعنى تنحَّ عنّي وانصرف (الأغاني) ص20، وانظر أيضاً ص257 من التعليقات.
تعلَّى: أُلقي بعيداً. (فوك).
اعتلى: إذا اعتلى قدَّ (دي ساسي طرائف 2: 444) وقد ترجمها هذا العالم إلى الفرنسية بما معناه، إذا هاجم خصمه رافعاً ذراعه شقه.
استعلى على: أناف على: سما على، فاق، تفوّق جاوز، تجاوز، بزّ (فوك، ألكالا).
استعلى على: تكبّر على. تعجرف على: ازدرى، استخف به، احتقره. ففي كتاب ابن صاحب الصلاة (ص21 ق): تكلّم أشياخ الموحدين في استعلائه عليهم وبتقصيره بأولاد أمير المؤمنين.
عَلى: تستعمل قبل عدد الساعات، فيقال مثلاً: صلبوا المسيح على ثلاث ساعات من يوم الجمعة. كما تستعمل للدلالة على المسافة، فيقال مثلاً: كان موضع الذبح بالشام على ميلين من ايليا. (معجم أبي الفداء).
على: بمعنى طول، مدة. (لين 4145 القسم الثاني) وانظر كوسج (طرائف ص41). ففيه: فأقمت على عشرين يوماً. (ويجرز ص52، 188 رقم 333).
علَيَّ: لا بدّ لي، ينبغي لي، يجب عليّ .. ، يقال.
مثلاً: عليَّ مشورة، أي لا بدَّ لي من أن استشير، وعليَّ شخاخ: لا بد لي من أن أبول. (بوشر).
الذي عليه والذي له: ما هو مدين به وما يملكه. (بوشر).
ما عليك: الدراهم التي أنت مدين بها لي. ففي رياض النفوس (ص80 و): نزع المنديل من على رأسه وألقاه على بائع الفطائر والزلابية والقطائف وقال له: دع الصغير يأكل منها كما يشاء. فقال له صاحب الدكَان خُذ ما شئت حتى تأتي بما عليك فقال له ما احبَّ ذلك إلا برهن ومضى وهو حاسر الرأس إلى القصر. خلص لا له ولا عليه: ترك الأمر قبل الخسران، خرج من الهمل بلا خسارة، (بوشر).
على حساب، على نفقة. ويقال أيضاً: على كيس. مثلاً: أكله ولبسه عليك أو على كيسك، أي أكله ولبسه على نفقتك (بوشر) هذا عليَّ والمصروف على كيسي أي هذا على نفقتي (بوشر).
على بعضه: بلا انقطاع، بتواتر، على التتابع والتوالي. (بوشر) خمسة أيام على بعضهم (عاميَّة): خمسة أيام متعاقبة، متوالية، متتابعة، متلاحقة. (بوشر).
على الله: بمعنى بحب الله. ففي رياض النفوس (ص8): قال لي أعطه تلك العشرة التي معك على الله تبارك وتعالى.
بالله عليك: وبرضا الله عليك: أتوسل إليك وأتضرع باسم الله. (بوشر).
وعلى ما به: مهما يكن. وعلى أيَّة حال: كيف ما كان الأمر. (الأغاني، 5 ص9).
لا عليك: لا تخشى شيئاً، كن مطمئناً هادئ القلب، قرير العين، (بدرون ص278، 294، ابن بطوطة 2: 147).
ما عليك منه: لا تخش منه شيئاً. (بوشر).
ما عليك من شيء: لا تهتم بشيء. (بوشر). وبهذا المعنى تقريباً ما جاء في ألف ليلة (1: 342): لا عليك منى، أي لا تخشى ولا تخف عليّ.
ما عليه: هذا لا يهمه. (بوشر).
عَليك: حين يكون عليك اسم فعل فمعناه الأمر مثل عليك زيداً وينصب مفعولاً.
ومثاله في المقري (2: 308): عليك يا شمس العلى إظهاره. (انظر فليشر بريشت ص300).
عليك بنفسك اهتم بأمرك (رياض النفوس ص61 و) وفيه بعد ذلك: دَعْ عنك غيرَك، أي لا تهتم بأمر غيرك.
يا علي: يا ليت. (فوك).
عُِلى: عُليَّة، الغرفة في الطبقة الثانية من الدار، وقد ذكرها الكالا وجمعها علالي مقابل Soberado وهذه تعني الغرفة في الطبقة الثانية (وذكر فيكتور مرادفها Algorpha وهي الكلمة العربية: الغرفة وذكرها مقابل Miradero lugar de donde miramos بمعنى منظرة وهي مقصورة في مكان مرتفع تشرف على مناظر جميلة. وهي فيما يقول شوا (1: 308) وفيما يقول دي جوبرن (ص309). هي عُلى: oleah: عليّة: الطبقة الثانية من الدار، وستجد بعد هذا كلمات أخرى مشتقة من هذا الأصل تدل على هذه المعاني. وانظر أيضاً عُليَّة في معجم لين.
علوة: مرادف ذروة. (معجم الادريسي علوة، والجمع علاوي: تلّ، رابية، هضبة، قلعة. (بوشر).
عِلْيَة. علية الأفاويه: أجود الأفاويه وألذها وأفخرها. (أبو الوليد ص659 رقم 60).
عَلْوَي: الطوابق العليا. (رولاند).
عُلْوي: فوتاني. ففي عباد (1: 69).
وقل لعامها السفلى قد كتمت ... سريرة العالم العلوي اغمات
عَلَوي: علوي، سماوي. (بوشر). وفي حيان- بسام (1: 116و): كان بصيراً بالآثار العلوية عالماً بالأفلاك والهيئة.
العلوية: الكواكب الثلاثة العالية وهي: زحل والمشتري والمريخ (محيط المحيط). العلويان: الكوكبان العاليان وهما زحّلَ والمشتري (م. المحيط المقدمة: 1862، دي سلان 2: 219 رقم 3).
علوٍ، علوُ الإسناد أو السند (مملوك 151: 46) أو علو الرواية (المقري 1: 92): إذا ذكر في سند الأحاديث التي تروي عدداً متتابعاً من الرواة الثقات فهذه الأحاديث عوالٍ. (انظر عالية). ومنه قولهم: سمع منهم الصحيحين بعلو (المقري 1: 806 وانظر 1: 844).
علو: علية، غرفة في الطابق الأعلى. ففي المنتخب من تاريخ العرب (ص291): فأقامه على باب الدار في العلو. (وضبط الناشر لهذه العبارة ليس بالصحيح، ولم يصب الشارح في تفسيره). وفي العبدري (ص80 و): وأنزلني شيخنا شرف الدين الدمياطي بمدرسته الظاهرية في علو منها مليح وفيه (ص106 ق): وكنت نزلت بالمدرسة الكاملية منها في علو مشرف على السوق. وفي رياض النفوس (ص26 ق):
فكنت أبيت عنده وكنت في بيت في سقيفته وكان يسكن العلو فكان ينزل إليَّ. (وقد أثبت ضبط الكلمات وفقاً لما جاء في المخطوطات. ويقول دلابورت الجريدة الآسيوية 1830، 1: 136) أن اسم علو يطلق في طرابلس على ما يسمى مصرية بمراكش، وقد فسر كلمة مصرية بقوله: غرفة أو شقة عليا منعزلة، وهي إما متصلة بالدار وإما أن تكون فوق دكان، ويصعد إليها بدرج بابه من الطريق ولهذه الشقة وهي غرفة واحدة شباك صغير يطل على الطريق ولا يطل عادة على الفناء الداخلي للمنازل. ويسكنها العزاب غير المتزوجين. ووجدت في تاريخ تونس (ص123) الجمع علوات بهذا المعنى. ففيه: وأكره الناس على إخلاء علواتهم لسكنى الترك.
عَلوَّه: واهاً واحسرتاه، واحرباه. يا ويلاه، وأسفاه، يا لهفي على. وقد وردت في بيت عامي من الشعر في الاغاني (ص43).
ويرس السيد فليشر (ص298 من التعليقات) أنها تصحيف على وهٍ.
عُليَّة (لين) وفي معجم فوك عِليَّة: الطابق العلوي من الدار، سماه البيت أي أعلى طبقة منه.
عُليّه: بضم العين وكسرها: منظرة وهي مقصورة في مكان مرتفع تشرف على مناظر جميلة. (بوشر، ابن جبير ص51، 253، كرتاس ص36 وقد ذكرت فيه عدة مرات).
عُليَّة: تل رابية، ربوة مكونة من بقايا الزبل والرمال. (ميهرن ص32).
عالٍ. بالعالى: بصوت مرتفع (بوشر).
عالٍ: فائق، رفيع، ناعم دقيق. (بوشر).
شيء من العال: بضاعة جيدة من الدرجة الأولى (بوشر).
صوت عال: صوف ظهر الغنم وهو الألطف. صوف من الدرجة الأولى. (بوشر).
أضف إلى الأمثلة التي ذكرتها في رسالتي إلى السيد فليشر (ص27) لهذا المعنى ما جاء في معجم المنصوري: سقوطري هي جزيرة هندية ينسب إليها الصبر العالي (مع عين صغيرة تحت العين الكبيرة).
عالٍ: يقال له سند في الحديث إذا كان رواة هذا الحديث من الثقات. ففي مملوك (1، 1: 46): له سند عالي (الأصح عالٍ) في الحديث. ولم يُرْزَق الإسناد العالي. وفي المقري (1: 892): وسمعت منه جزءاً أخرجه من حديث يزيد بن هارون ممّا وقع له عاليا.
حمار عالٍ: حمار ذو أكاف مرتفع. (لين عادات 1: 286، ألف ليلة برسل 2: 138) وكذلك: أبغل عالية الركاب. (المقري 1: 231).
عالية العوالي: الأحاديث التي رواها عدد من متتابعون من الرواة الثقات. (دي سلان ترجمة ابن خلكان 2: 159، دي ساسي عبد اللطيف ص535، حاجي خليفة 4: 277 - 278، المقري 1: 564، 611).
عالية، والجمع عوال: من كانوا في الطبقة الأولى في لعب الشطرنج. (حاجى خليفة 1: 467) حيث يجب قراءة القتال بدل العيال كما لاحظ السيد فاندرلند في تاريخ الشطرنج 1: 106، 107، 120).
عالية: دار ذات طابق أول أو ذات عدة طوابق. (أسبينا مجلة الشرق 12: 149).
أعلى: لا يعني الذروة فقط بل طرف الشيء ونهايته أيضاً. (معجم الادريسي، ابن جبير ص237).
أعلاه: ضد أدناه. (بوشر، فهرس المخطوطات الشرقية في مكتبة ليدن 1: 156).
عَلَى أعْلى: فوق، أعلى من، (فوك).
أَعْلى: أجود، افضل صنف. (رسالة إلى السيد فليشر ص27).
شيء من الأعلى: بضاعة من الدرجة الأولى (بوشر).
أعْلى سند: سند قوامــه عدد من رواة الحديث الثقات المتتابعين. ففي المقري (1: 844) وهو أعلى سند يوجد وفيه (1: 843) في كلامه عن أحد الشيوخ: إنه أعلى شيوخي في القراءات.
جدَّه الأعلى: أبو جده، أو أبو جدته. (المقري 2: 35) وجدَّه الأول. (ابن بطوطة 3: 102، 104).
الضُحَى الأعلى: في العبدري (ص45 ق): رحلنا في الضحى الأعلى من يوم الثلاثاء. وعند بوسييه: الضحا العالي، وهو من الساعة الثامنة إلى العاشرة صباحاً.
العُلْيا: وجمعه العُلى: كلمة تطلق على المذكر والمؤنث: الشيء كريم العنصر، والعمل الكريم، المكرمة. والرجال الأشراف أيضاً وهم الطائفة العليا، بحذف الطائفة. (ويجرز في هو جفلايت ص107) والمعنى الأخير عند (أبي الوليد ص160، عباد 1: 321) وعُلْيا: سمو، رفعة، شرف. أيضاً. (عباد 1: 221، 2: 73). عُلّى: جيد، كريم الأصل. (أبو الوليد ص105).
مَعْلاة: القسم المرتفع من مكة. ففي الادريسي (الباب الثاني، الفصل) في كلامه عن مكة: وطولها من المعلاة إلى المسفلة نحو ميلين وهو من جهة الجنوب إلى جهة الشمال. معالٍ: أشياء نفيسة ثمينة. (1: 39). معالٍ: رجال أشراف كرام. (عباد ص66، ملّر ص129).
مَعْلوة (مثل مَكْرُمة): شيء كريم وعمل كريم، (المقري 1: 865، 2: 597، 772).
مَعُلُوَّ. التاء المعلوة: حرف التاء (ابن بطوطة 2: 172: 232، 266).

علو
: (و (} عُلْوُ الشَّيءَ، مُثَلَّثَةً، {وعُلاوَتُه، بالضَّمِّ، وعالِيَتُه: أَرْفَعُه) .) تقولُ: قَعَدْت} عُلْوه وَفِي عُلْوِه، يتعَدَّى إِلَيْهِ الفِعْلُ بحَرْفٍ وبغيرِ حَرْفٍ.
وَفِي الصِّحاح: عُلْوُ الَّدارِ {وعِلْوُها: نَقِيضُ سُفْلها.
و (} عَلا) الشَّيءُ ( {عُلُوًّا) ، كسُمُوَ، (فَهُوَ} عَلِيٌّ) ، كغَنِيَ، (وعَلِيَ، كرضِيَ، {وتَعَلَّى؛) وقيلَ:} تَعلَّى إِذا عَلا فِي مُهْلةٍ.
( {وعَلاهُ و) } عَلا (بِهِ) عُلُوًّا ( {واسْتَعْلاهُ} واعْلَوْلاهُ! وأَعْلاهُ {وعَلاَّهُ) ، بالتَّشديدِ، (} وعالاهُ و) {عالى (بِهِ) :) كلُّ ذلكَ إِذا (صَعِدَهُ) جَبَلاً كانَ أَو دَابَّةً.
(والحُروفُ} المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ) سَبْعةٌ: الصادُ والغَيْن والقافُ والضادُ والخاءُ والطاءُ والظاءُ يَجْمَعُها قوْلك: (صَغَقَ ضَخْطَظٍ) ، وَمَا عَداها مُنْخَفِضٍ، ومَعْنى {الاسْتِعْلاء أَن تَتَصَعَّدَ فِي الحَنَك الأَعْلى فأرْبَعةٌ بأَطْبَاق والغَيْن والخَاء والقافُ لَا إِطْبَاق فِيهَا.
(و) } العَلاءُ، (كسَماءٍ: الرِّفْعَة.
(و) أَيْضاً: (اسْمُ) رجُلٍ، سُمِّي بذلكَ، وَهُوَ مَعْرفَةٌ بالوَضْعِ دونَ اللامِ، فَمن ذلكَ العَلاءُ بنُ الحَضْرميّ مِن الصَّحابَةِ.
( {وعَلا النَّهارُ: ارْتَفَع،} كاعْتَلَى {واسْتَعْلى.
(وعَلا الدَّابَّةَ) } يَعْلُوها: (رَكِبَها) ، وكذلكَ كلّ شيءٍ.
( {وأَعْلَى عَنهُ) :) إِذا (نَزَلَ) عَنهُ، كَذَا فِي النُّسخِ والصَّوابُ عَنْهَا.
(وعَلِيَ فِي المَكارِمِ، كرضِيَ، عَلاً) ، مَقْصورٌ، وَفِي الصِّحاحِ بالمدِّ، (وعَلاَ عُلُوًّا) ، كسُمُوَ: لُغَتانِ، قَالَ الشَّاعِرُ:
لمَّا عَلاَ كَعْبُك لي عَلِيتُ فجَمَعَ بَيْنَ اللُّغَتَيْنِ، قالَهُ الجوهريُّ.
(ورجلٌ} عالي الكَعْبِ) :) أَي (شريفٌ) ؛) وَفِي حديثِ قيلَةَ: (لَا يزالُ كَعْبُكِ {عالِياً) ، أَي لَا تَزَالِينَ شَريفَةً مُرْتفِعة على مَنْ يعادِيكِ.
(} والمَعْلاةُ) ، كمَسْعاةٍ: (كَسْبُ الشَّرَفِ) ، والجَمْعُ {المَعالِي.
(و) } المَعْلاةُ (مَقْبَرَةُ مكَّةَ فِي الحَجون) مَشْهورَةٌ.
(و) المَعْلاةُ: (ة باليَمامَةِ) مِن قُرَى الخَرْجِ.
(و) أَيْضاً: (ع قُرْبَ بَدْرٍ) بَيْنَهما بَرِيدُ الأُثَيْل جاءَ ذِكْرُه فِي كُتُبِ السِّيَرِ.
( {وعِلْيةُ النَّاسِ} وعِلْيُهم، مَكْسُورَيْنِ) :) أَي (جِلَّتُهُم) وأَشْرافُهم؛ وعِلّيَةُ جَمْعُ {عَلِيَ، كصِبْيَةٍ وصَبِيَ، أَي شَرِيف رَفِيع؛ كَمَا فِي الصِّحاح.
(وعَلاَ بِهِ وأَعْلاهُ} وعَلاَّهُ) ، بالتَّشْديدِ: أَي (جَعَلَهُ {عالِياً) ؛) وَمِنْه أَعْلَى اللهُ كَعْبَه.
(} والعالِيَةُ: أَعْلَى القَناةِ) ، وأَسْفَلُها السافِلَةُ؛ (أَو رأْسُهُ) ، كَذَا فِي النُّسخِ والصَّوابُ رأْسُها.
وَفِي المُحْكم: {عالِيَةُ الرُّمْح: رأْسُه؛ (أَو النِّصْفُ الَّذِي يَلِيَ السِّنانَ) .
(وقالَ الَّراغبُ: عالِيَةُ الرُّمْحِ مَا دُونَ السِّنانِ.
وقالَ غيرُهُ: عالِيَةُ الرُّمْحِ: مَا دَخَلَ فِي السِّنانِ إِلَى ثُلُثِه، والجَمْعُ} العَوالِي، وقيلَ: {عَوالي الرِّماح أَسِنَّتُها.
(و) } العالِيَةُ: (مَا فَوْقَ) أَرْضِ (نَجْدٍ إِلَى أَرضِ تِهامَةَ) و (إِلَى مَا وَراءَ مكَّةَ) ، وَهِي الحِجازُ وَمَا وَالاَها؛ كَذَا فِي الصِّحاحِ.
(وقِيلَ: عالِيَةُ الحِجازِ أَعْلاَها بَلَداً وأَشَرَفُها موضِعاً، وَهِي بِلادٌ واسِعَةً.
(و) المُسَمَّى {بالعالِيَةِ (قُرًى بظاهِرِ المدينةِ) المُشرَّفَةِ، (وَهِي العَوالِي) ، وأَدْنَاها من المدينَةِ على أَرْبَعَةِ أَمْيالٍ وأَبْعَدها من جهَةِ نَجْدٍ ثَمانِيَة، (والنِّسْبَةُ) إِلَيْهَا (} عالِيٌّ) على القِياسِ؛ (و) يقالُ أَيْضاً: (! عُلْوِيٌّ، بالضَّمِّ) وَهِي (نادِرَةٌ) على غيرِ قِياسٍ؛ كَمَا فِي الصِّحاح.
وَإِذا قُلْنا: إنَّ {العُلْوِيَّ مَنْسوبٌ إِلَى} عليا نَجْدٍ فَلَا ندْرَةَ.
(و) يقالُ: ( {عالَى) الرَّجُلُ (} وأَعْلَى) :) إِذا (أَتَاها) ، كأَعْرَقَ وأَتْهَمَ وأَنْجَدَ.
( {والعِلاوَةُ، بالكسْرِ: أَعْلَى الرَّأْسِ، أَو) أَعْلَى (العُنُقِ) .
(وَفِي الصِّحاح:} العِلاوَةُ رأْسُ الإنْسانِ مَا دامَ فِي عُنُقِه؛ يقالُ: ضَرَبَ {عِلاوَتَه: أَي رأْسَه.
(و) } العِلاوَةُ: (مَا وُضِعَ بَين العِدْلَيْنِ) بعد شدِّهما على البَعيرِ وغيرِهِ.
وَفِي الصِّحاح: العِلاوَةُ: كلُّ مَا عَلَّيْتَ بِهِ على البَعيرِ بعدَ تمامِ الوِقْرِ أَو عَلَّقْته عَلَيْهِ نحْو السِّقاءِ والسَّفُّودِ، والجَمْعُ {العَلاوَى، ومِثْلُه إداوَة، وأَدَاوَى.
(و) العِلاوَةُ، (من كلِّ شيءٍ: مَا زادَ عَلَيْهِ) .) يقالُ: أَعْطاهُ أَلْفَ دِينارٍ ودِيناراً} عِلاوَةً وأَلْفَيْن وخَمْسمائة عِلاوَة.
(و) العِلاوَةُ: (فَرَسُ) التوأَمِ بنِ عَمْرو اليَشْكريّ.
( {والعَلْياءُ: السَّماءُ) ، وَهُوَ اسْمٌ لَهَا لَا صِفَة.
(و) أَيْضاً: (رأْسُ الجَبَلِ) ؛) وقيلَ: رأْسُ كلِّ جَبَلٍ مُشْرِفٍ.
(و) أَيْضاً: اسْمُ (المَكانِ العالِي) ؛) وَفِي شِعْرِ العَبَّاس، رضِيَ اللهُ تَعَالَى عَنهُ:
حَتَّى احْتَوَى بيتُك المُهَيْمِنُ مِنْ
خِنْدِفَ} عَلْيَاءَ تَحْتَها النُّطُقُقالَ ابنُ الأَثِيرِ: هُوَ اسْمٌ للمَكانِ المُرْتفِعِ كاليفاعِ، وليسَتْ بتَأْنِيثِ! الأَعْلَى لأنَّها جاءَتْ منكَّرَةً، وفَعْلاءُ أَفْعَل يَلْزَمها التَّعْريف.
(و) قيلَ: (كلُّ مَا عَلاَ من شيءٍ) فَهُوَ عَلْياء. (و) {العَلْياءُ: اسْمُ (الفَعْلَةِ العالِيَةِ) على المَثَلِ.
(} وعُلْيَا مُضَر، بالضَّمِّ والقَصْر: {أَعْلاها) ؛) وقيلَ: قُرَيْش وقَيْس، وَمَا عَداهُم سُفْلَى مُضَر؛} والعُلْيا تَأْنِيثُ الأَعْلَى، والجَمْعُ {عُلا، ككُبْرَى وكُبَر.
قالَ ابنُ الأَنْبارِي: والضمُّ مَعَ القَصْر أَكْثَر اسْتِعْمالاً.
(} وعَلَّى المَتاعَ عنِ الَّدابَّةِ {تَعْلِيَةً: نَزَّلَهُ) ؛) لَا يقالُ} أَعْلاهُ فِي هَذَا المَعْنى إلاَّ مُسْتَكْرَهاً.
(و) {عَلَّى (الكِتابَ) :) إِذا (عَنْوَنَهُ} كعَلْوَنَهُ {عَلْوَنَةً} وعُلْواناً) ، بالضمِّ، وكَذلكَ عنونه وَقد مَرَّ ذِكْرُه فِي النونِ، {وعَلَّيْتُه، أَقْيَس اللّغَتَيْنِ.
(} وعالَوْا نَعِيَّهُ) ، بفتْحِ الَّلامِ: أَي (أَظْهَرُوهُ) ، وَلَا يقالُ: {أَعْلَوهُ وَلَا} عَلَّوْهُ.
(والعِلْيانُ، بالكسْر: الضَّخْمُ) الطَّويلُ مِنَّا ومِن الإِبِلِ، والأُنْثى بالهاءِ.
(و) أَيْضاً: (الطَّويلُ) مِن الضِّباعِ.
وقيلَ: بَعيرٌ عِلْيانُ: قدِيمٌ ضَخْمٌ. ورجُلٌ عِلْيانُ طَويلٌ جَسِيمٌ، هَكَذَا ضَبَطَه ابنُ سِيدَه والأزْهري بِكسْرِ العَيْن فِي الكُلّ.
وضَبَطَه الجَوْهري بفَتْحِ العَيْن فقالَ: ورجُلٌ عَلْيانُ كعَطْشانَ، وكَذلكَ المرْأَةُ ليَسْتوي فِيهِ المُذكَّرُ والمُؤَنَّثُ؛ وأَنْشَدَ أَبو عليَ:
ومَتْلَفٍ بَين مَوْماةٍ بمَهْلكةٍ
جاوَزْتُه بعَلاةِ الخَلْقِ علْيان (و) أَيْضاً: (المَتاعُ.
(و) قيلَ: العِلْيانُ: (النَّاقَةُ المُشْرِفَةُ) ؛) وقيلَ: الطَّويلَةُ الجَسِيمةُ، وقيلَ: مُرْتَفِعةُ السَّيْر لَا تَراها أَبَداً إلاَّ أَمامَ الرِّكاب.
(و) العِلْيانُ (مِن الأصْواتِ: الجَهيرُ، كالعلِّيانِ، بكَسْرَتَيْن وشَدِّ الَّلام فيهمَا) أَي فِي الصَّوْتِ والناقَةِ؛ وَلَو قالَ كصِلِّيان لسَلِمَ مِن هَذَا التَّطْويلِ.
(و) العِلْيانُ: (ذَكَرُ الضِّباعِ) ، أَو الطَّويلُ مِنْهَا.
(و) {العُلْوانُ، (بالضَّمِّ: عُنْوانُ الكِتابِ) ، وَهُوَ سِمَتُه.
قالَ الجَوْهرِي: يقالُ باللامِ وبالنونِ.
(والعَلايَةُ: ع) ، وكأَنَّه فِي الأصْلِ} عَلاوَةٌ.
(و) العَلايَةُ: (كلُّ موضِعٍ مُرْتَفِع) رُئي فِيهِ مَعْنى {الْعُلُوّ؛ (كالعَلْيِ كظَبْيٍ} والعَلِيُّ) ، كغَنِيَ: الصُّلْبُ (الشَّديدُ القَوِيُّ، وَبِه سُمِّي) الرَّجُلُ {عَلِيًّا، فَهُوَ مِن الشدَّةِ والقوَّةِ، ويكونُ أَيْضاً مِن الرّفْعَةِ والشَّرفِ، وأَفْضَلُ مَنْ سُمِّي بِهِ أَمِيرُ المُؤْمِنِين} عليُّ بنُ أَبي طالِبٍ، رضِيَ اللهُ تَعَالَى عَنهُ.
( {والعَلاةُ: السِّنْدانُ) حَجَراً كانَ أَو حَدِيداً، والجَمْعُ} العَلا؛ وَمِنْه حديثُ عَطاءٍ فِي مَهْبَطِ آدَم، عَلَيْهِ السّلام: (هَبَطَ {بالعَلاةِ) .
وقيلَ: هِيَ الزُّبْرة الَّتِي يَضْرِب عَلَيْهَا الحدَّادُ الحدِيدَ.
(و) } العَلاةُ: (حَجَرٌ يُجْعَلُ عَلَيْهِ الأَقِطُ) ؛) وأَنْشَدَ الجوهريُّ لمبَشِّر بنِ هُذَيْل الشمخي:
لَا تَنْفَعُ الشاوِيَّ فِيهَا شاتُه
وَلَا حِمارَاهُ وَلَا {عَلاتُه وقيلَ: هِيَ صَخْرةٌ يُجْعَلُ لَهَا إطارٌ من الأَخْثاءِ ومِن اللّبنِ والرّمادِ، ثمَّ يُطْبَخُ فِيهَا الأَقِطُ، والجَمْعُ العَلا.
(و) أَيْضاً: (كالعُلْبَةِ يُجْعَلُ حَوْلَها الخِثْيُ، يُحْلَبُ بهَا.
(و) أَيْضاً: (الناقَةُ المُشْرفَةُ) } العالِيَةُ.
وَفِي الصِّحاح: ويقالُ للنَّاقَةِ {عَلاةٌ تُشَبَّه بالسِّنْدانِ فِي صَلابَتِها؛ قَالَ الشَّاعرُ:
ومَتْلَفٍ وَسْط مَوْماةٍ بمَهْلَكةٍ
جاوَزْتُها بعَلاةِ الخَلْقِ علْيانِأَي طَوِيلَة جَسِيمة.
(و) } العَلاةُ: (فَرَسُ) عَمْرِو بنِ جَبَلَةَ اليَشْكُري.
(و) أَيْضاً: (جَبَلٌ) فِي أَرْضِ النَّمِرِ بنِ قاسِطٍ لبَنِي جُشَمِ بنِ زَيْدِ مَنَاة مِنْهُم قالَهُ نَصْر.
( {وعِلِّيُّونَ: جَمْعُ عِلِّيَ) ، بكسْرَتَيْن وشدِّ اللامِ والياءِ: موضِعٌ (فِي السَّماءِ السَّابعةِ تَصْعَدُ إِلَيْهِ أَرْواحُ المُؤْمِنينَ) ويقابِلُه سِجِّين فِي جهنَّم أَعاذَنا اللهُ مِنْهَا تصْعَدُ إِلَيْهِ أَرْواحُ الكَافِرِينَ، وقولُه تَعَالَى: {لفِي} عِلِّيِّين} ، أَي فِي أَعْلى الأمْكِنَة.
وقيلَ: {عِلِّيُّونَ شيءٌ فَوْقَ شيءٍ غَيْر مَعْرُوف واحِده وَلَا أُنْثاه، وَهُوَ ارْتِفاعٌ بعدَ ارْتِفاع.
وقيلَ: عِلّيُّون السماءُ السابعةُ؛ وقيلَ: هُوَ اسْمٌ لدِيوانِ الملائِكَةِ الحَفَظَةِ تُرْفَعُ إِليه أعمالُ الصّالِحِينَ.
(} ويَعْلى بنُ أُمَيَّة) :) أَبو صَفْوان التَّمِيمِيُّ الحَنْظليُّ؛ ويقالُ أَبو خالِدٍ، حَلِيفٌ لبَني عبْدِ المطَّلبِ، ( {ومُعَلَّى بنُ أَبي أَسَدٍ صَحابيَّانِ) .) أَمَّا} يَعْلَى بنُ أُمَيَّة فمَشْهُورٌ، وَلم أَجِد {لمُعَلّى بن أَبي أَسَدٍ ذِكْراً فِي الصَّحابَةِ، ثمَّ رأيْتُ الذَّهبيّ ذَكَرَه فِي الكُنى فقالَ: أَبو} المُعَلَّى جَدّ أَبي الأَسَدِ السّلَميّ فِي الأضْحِية وَلم يَصحّ.
ومُعَلَّى بنُ لوذان بنِ حارِثَة الأنْصارِيُّ الخَزْرجيُّ ذكَرَه ابنُ الكَلْبي فِي الصَّحابَة.
(! ويِعْلَى، بكسْر المُثنَّاةِ التَّحْتيةِ) :) اسْمُ (امْرأَةٍ) ، والصَّوابُ فِيهِ {تِعْلَى بكسْرِ التاءِ، كَمَا فِي التّكملَةِ.
(وعُبَيْدُ بنُ} يعْلَى) الطَّائيُّ، هَكَذَا فِي سائرِ النُّسخِ، والصَّوابُ أَنَّ والِدَ عُبَيْدٍ هَذَا تِعْلَى، بكسْرِ التَّاءِ الفَوْقيةِ كَمَا ضَبَطَه الحافِظُ فِي التَّبْصِيرِ، وقالَ فِيهِ: إنَّه (تابِعيٌّ) فرْدٌ. وذَكَرَه الَّذهبيُّ فِي الكاشفِ بينَ عُبَيْدِ بنِ البرَّاء عُبَيْدِ بنِ ثُمامَة، وقالَ: إنَّه رَوَى عَن أبي أَيّوب، وَعنهُ بُكَيْرُ بنُ الأَشَجّ وغيرُهُ، وثَّقَهُ النّسائي.
(و) يقالُ: (أَخَذَهُ {عَلْواً) ، بالفَتْح: أَي (عَنْوَةً) وقَهْراً.
(} والتَّعالِي: الارْتِفاعُ، إِذا أمَرْتَ مِنْهُ قُلْتَ: {تَعالَ، بِفَتْح الَّلامِ) ، أَي} اعْل، وَلَا يُسْتَعْملُ فِي غيرِ الأمْرِ، (وَلها: {تَعالَيْ) ، وَلَهُم} تَعالَوْا، ولهنَّ {تَعالَيْنَ؛ ويقُولونَ أَيْضاً:} تَعالَه يَا رَجُل، وللاثنين {تَعالَيا وَلَا يُبالُون أَن يكونَ المَدْعوّ أَعْلَى أَوْ أَسْفَل.
قالَ الْجَوْهَرِي: وَلَا يجوزُ أَن يقالَ مِنْهُ} تعالَيْت، وَإِلَى أَيِّ شيءٍ {أَتَعالَى.
وَفِي المِصْباح: وأَصْلُه أَنَّ الرَّجُلَ} العالِي كانَ يُنادِي السَّافِلَ فيقولُ: تعالَ، ثمَّ كَثُرَ فِي كَلامِهم حَتَّى اسْتُعْمِل بمعْنَى هَلُمَّ مُطْلقاً، وَسَوَاء كانَ مَوْضِعُ المَدْعوّ أَعْلَى أَوْ أَسْفَل أَو مُساوِياً، فَهُوَ فِي الأصْلِ لمعْنًى خاصَ، ثمَّ اسْتُعْمِل فِي مَعْنى عامَ، وتَتَّصِلُ بِهِ الضَّمائرُ بَاقِيا على فَتْحِهِ، ورُبَّما ضُمَّتِ اللامُ مَعَ جَمْعِ المذكَّرِ السالِمِ، وكُسِرَتْ مَعَ المُؤَنَّثَةِ؛ وَبِه قرَأَ الحَسَنُ البَصْري: {قُلْ يَا أَهْلَ الكِتابِ {تعالُوا} ، لمُجانَسَةِ الْوَاو.
(} وتَعَلَّى: عَلاَ فِي مُهْلَةٍ) ؛ نَقَلَهُ الجَوْهرِي.
(و) {تَعَلَّتِ (المرْأَةُ من نِفاسِها أَو) مِن (مَرَضِها) :) إِذا (سَلِمَتْ) ؛) وقيلَ: تَعَلَّتِ المرأَةُ من نِفاسِها: طَهرتْ. والمَرِيضُ من عِلّتِه: أَفاقَ مِنْهَا.
(وأَتَيْتُه من} عَلِ الَّدارِ، بكسرِ الَّلامِ وضَمِّها، و) أَتَيْتُه (مِنْ {عَلَا ومِنْ} عالٍ) ، كُلُّ ذلكَ: (أَي مِن فَوْقُ) ؛) شَاهِدُ عَل بكسْرِ اللَّام قولُ امْرىءِ القَيْس:
مِكَرَ مِفَرَ مُقْبِلٍ مُدْبِرٍ مَعًا
كجلْمُودِ صَخْرٍ حَطَّه السَّيْلُ من عَلِ وشاهِدُ! عَلُ، بضمِّ اللامِ، قولُ عَدِيِّ بنِ زَيْدٍ أَنْشَدَه يَعْقوب:
فِي كِناسٍ ظاهرٍ يَسْتُرُه
من عَلُ الشَّفَّان هُدَّابُ الفَنَنْوالشَّفَّانُ: القَطْرُ القَلِيلُ.
وشاهِدُ عَلا قَولُ أَبي النَّجْمِ، أَو غَيْلان بنِ حُرَيْث الرّبعي:
باتَتْ تَنُوشُ الحَوْضَ نَوْشاً مِن عَلا وشاهِدُ مِن عالٍ قولُ دُكَيْن بنِ رَجاءٍ، أَنْشَدَه يَعْقُوب:
ظَمأَى النَّسَا مِنْ تَحْتُ رَيَّا مِنْ عَالْ قالَ الجوهرِيُّ: وأَمَّا قولُ أَوْسٍ: فَمَلَّكَ باللِّيطِ الذِي تحتَ قِشْرِه
كغِرْقِىءِ بَيْضٍ كَنَّه القَيْظُ مِنْ {عَلُو فإنَّ الواوَ زائِدَةٌ، وَهِي لإطْلاقِ القافِيَةِ وَلَا يجوزُ مثلُه فِي الكَلامِ.
وقالَ ابنُ هِشَام وَالْتزم فِي عَلِ مُخَفَّفة اللَّام جَرّه بمِن وقَطعَه عَن الإضافَةِ، فَلَا يقالُ أَخَذْته مِن عَلِ السَّطْح كَمَا يقالُ مِن} علوه خِلافاً للجَوْهرِي وابنِ مالِكٍ. وأَمَّا قولُه:
أرمض من تَحت وأضحى من {عَلُهْ فالهاءُ للسَّكْت لأنَّه مَبْنيٌّ وَلَا وَجْه للبِناءِ وَلَو كانَ مُضافاً، وَإِذا أُرِيدَ بِهِ المَعْرِفَة فبِناء على الضمِّ كَمَا فِي البَيْتِ تَشْبيهاً لَهُ بالغَاياتِ أَو النَّكِرَةِ فَهُوَ مُعْرَبٌ كَمَا فِي قوْلِه:
حَطَّه السَّيْلُ من عَلِ
نقلَهُ البَدْر الْقَرَافِيّ فِي حاشِيَتِه.
(} وعالِ عَلَيَّ: أَي احْمِلْ) .
(قالَ الجَوْهرِي: وقولُ الشاعِرِ، وَهُوَ أُمَيَّةُ بنُ أَبي الصَّلْتِ:
سَلَعٌ مَّا ومِثْلُه عُشَرٌ مَّاعائِلٌ مَّا {وعالَتِ البَيْقُورا (2 أَي أَنَّ السَّنَة المُجْدبَةَ أَثْقَلَت البَقَر بِمَا حَمَلَتْه من السَّلَع والعُشَر.
(} والعِلِّيَّةُ، بالضَّم وَالْكَسْر) ، مَعَ تَشْدِيدِ اللامِ المَكْسورَةِ والياءِ: (الغُرْفَةُ، ج {العَلالِيُّ) .
(قالَ الراغبُ: هِيَ فَعَالِيل.
وَفِي الصِّحاح: وَهِي فُعِّيلة مثلُ مُرِّيقةٍ، وأَصْلُه} عُلِّيْوَة، فأُبْدِلَتِ الواوُ يَاء وأُدْغِمَت لأنَّ هَذِه الواوَ إِذا سَكَنَ مَا قَبْلها صَحَّت، كَمَا يُنْسَب إِلَى الدَّلْو دَلْوِيٌّ، وَهِي من {عَلَوْت.
وقالَ بعضُهم: هِيَ} العِلِّيَّة، بالكسْرِ، على فعلية، جَعَلَها من المُضاعَفِ؛ قَالَ: وليسَ فِي الكَلام فُعِّيلة.
( {والمُعَلَّى، كمُعَظَّمٍ: سابِعُ سِهامِ المَيْسِرِ) ؛) حَكاهُ أَبو عبيدٍ عَن الأصْمعي؛ هَذَا نَصّ الجَوْهري فقولُ شيْخنا هَذَا غَلَطٌ مَحْضٌ مُوْهِم غَيْر المُرَاد، بلِ} المُعَلّى هُوَ السَّهْم الَّذِي لَهُ سَبْعَة أَنْصباء كَمَا هُوَ ضَرورِي لمَنْ لَهُ أَدْنى إِلْمَام، انتَهَى. غَفلَة عَن النُّصُوص وَلَا مُخالَفَة بينَ قوْلِه وقَوْل المصنّف، فإنَّ سابِعَ سِهامِ المَيْسِر لَهُ سَبْعَة أَنْصِباء، ودليلُ ذلكَ قَوْلُ ابنِ سِيدَه: المُعَلَّى: القِدْحُ السابِعُ فِي المَيْسِرِ وَهُوَ أَفْضَلُها إِذا فازَ حازَ سَبْعَةَ أَنْصِباء وَله سَبْعَة فُروضٍ، وَعَلِيهِ غُرْمُ سَبْعة إِن لم يَفُزْ، فتأَمَّل ذلكَ.
(و) المُعَلَّى: (فَرَسُ الأشْعَرِ) بنِ حِمْران الجعْفيّ الشاعِر، واسْمُه مَرْثدٌ وكُنْيَته أَبو حِمْران؛ (وغَلِطَ الجوهريُّ فكسَرَ لامَه) . (قالَ شيْخُنا: وبالكَسْر رَواهُ غيرُهُ ممَّنْ صنَّفَ فِي خيلِ العَرَبِ، والمصنَّفُ اغْتَرّ بكَلامِ الصَّاغاني وَهُوَ مَبْحوث فِيهِ غَيْر مُسْتَند لثَبْت، انتَهَى.
قُلْت: وَالَّذِي قَرأْته فِي كتابِ أنْسابِ الخَيْل لابنِ الكَلْبي بفَتْح اللامِ، وَهِي نَسْخةٌ قدِيمةٌ مَضْبوطَةٌ، تاريخُها سَنَة ثلثمِائة وَعشرَة، قالَ فِيهِ: وكانَ الأَسْعَر يَطْلُبُ بني مازِنٍ من الأزْدِ، فكانَ يصبحُهم فيَقْتلُ مِنْهُم ثمَّ يَهْربُ فَلَا يُدْرَكُ، وكانتْ خالَتَهُ فيهم ناكحاً، فَقَالَت: إنِّي سأَدُلُّكم على مَقْتِله، إِذا رأَيْتُموه فصبُّوا لفَرَسِه اللَّبَنَ فإنَّه قد عَوَّده سَقْيه إيَّاه فَلَنْ يَضْبِطَه حَتَّى يَكْرَعَ فِيهِ، ففَعَلُوا فَلم يَضْبطْه حَتَّى كُرَعَ فِيهِ، فتَنادَى القوْمُ فلمَّا غَشِيته الرُماحُ قَالَ: واثكل أُمِّي وخالَتي، فصاحَتْ اضْرِب قنبه ففَعَل فوَثَب بِهِ، فَلم يُدْرَكْ فنَجا، فَقَالُوا لَهَا: مَا دَعاكِ إِلَى مَا فَعَلْتِ وأَنتِ دَلَلْتِينا عَلَيْهِ؟ فقالتْ: رَابَتْني عَلَيْهِ الثَّواكلُ فأَنْشأَ الأسْعَرُ يقولُ:
أُرِيدُ دِماءَ بَني مازِنٍ ورَاقَ المُعَلَّى بَياض اللّبَنْ خَلِيلانِ مُخْتَلف شَأْننا أُرِيدُ {العَلاءَ ويَهْوى اليَمَنْ إِذا مَا رأَى وضحاً فِي الإناءِسَمِعْتُ لَهُ زمجراً كالمغنْ (و) } المُعَلِّي، (بكَسْرِ الَّلامِ: الَّذِي يأْتي الحَلُوبَةَ من قِبَلِ يَمِينِها) ؛) نقلَهُ الجَوْهرِي.
وَفِي المُحْكم: للنَّاقَةِ حَالِبانِ: أَحَدُهما يُمْسِك العُلْبَة من الجانِبِ الأيْمن، والآخَرُ يَحْلُب من الجانِبِ الأيْسَر، فَالَّذِي يَحْلُبُ يُسَمَّى المُعَلّيَ، {والمُسْتَعْليَ، والمُمْسِكُ يُسَمَّى البائِنَ، وسَيَأتِي لذلكَ مَزِيدٌ فِي المُسْتدركات.
(و) المُعَلّى: (فَرَسٌ) آخَرُ غَيْر الَّذِي ذُكِرَ.
(} ويُعَيْلَى) ، مُصَغَّر يَعْلَى: اسْمُ (رجُلٍ) ؛) وقولُ الراجزِ:
قد عَجِبَتْ منِّي ومِن {يُعَيْلِيا
لمَّا رأَتْني خَلَقاً مَقْلَوْلِياأَرادَ} يُعَيْلى فحرَّكَ الياءَ ضَرُورةً لأنَّه ردَّه إِلَى أصْلِه، وأَصْلُ الياآتِ الحَرَكَة، وإنّما لم يُنَوَّن لأنّه لَا يَنْصَرِف؛ كَذَا فِي الصِّحاح.
( {والمُعْتَلِي: الأَسَدُ) لشدَّتِهِ وقوَّتِه.
(} وعُلَيُّ بنُ رَباحِ) بنِ قصيرٍ اللّخَميُّ، (كسُمَيَ) ؛) وقيلَ: هُوَ لَقَبُه واسْمُه عليٌّ مكبّراً، وَكَانَ يقولُ: لَا أَجْعَل فِي حلَ مَنْ قالَ لي {عُلَيّ؛ رَوَى عَن أَبي هُرَيْرةَ وزَيْدِ بنِ ثابِتٍ، وكانَ فِي المكتبِ إِذْ قُتِل عُثْمان، وَعنهُ ابْنُه موسَى وَبِه كانَ يكنَى ويزيدُ بنُ أَبي حبيبٍ، وكانَ ذَا مَنْزلةٍ وحِرْمَةٍ مِن عبْدِ العَزيزِ بنِ مَرْوان، ماتَ بأَفْرِيقِيَة سَنَة 114، وَله وَلَدان آخَران عَبْدُ الرحمنِ وعبْدُ العَزيزِ.
(وعَلْيانُ، بالفَتْح) :) لم أَجِدْه فِي المُحدِّثِين، وإنَّما ذَكَرَ ابنُ حبيبٍ عَلْيان بن أَرْحَب فِي بَني دُهْمان، وذَكَر السّلَميّ فِي الصُّوفيَّة مُحَمَّد بن عليَ النّسَوي ويُعْرَفُ بابنِ عَلْيان.
(} وعُلَيَّانُ، بالضَّم وشَدِّ الياءِ) ، هُوَ المُوَسْوسُ الكُوفيّ لَهُ أَخْبارٌ.
(وإبراهيمُ بنُ! عُلَيَّةَ، كسُمَيَّة) ، هَكَذَا فِي النُّسخِ، والمَشْهورُ بالحديثِ إنَّما هُوَ ابْنُه إسْماعيل لَا إبْراهيم، وَهُوَ إسْماعيلُ بنُ إبْراهيمَ بنِ مقسمِ البَصْريُّ وعُلَيَّةُ والِدَتُه؛ إمامٌ حجَّةٌ كُنْيَتُه أَبو بِشْرٍ، رَوَى عَن أَيُّوب وابنِ جدْعان وعَطاءِ ابنِ السّائبِ، وَعنهُ أَحمدُ وإسْحاقُ وابنُ مُعِين، ماتَ سَنَة 193، وإخْوَتُه إسْحاق ورِبْعِي بَنِي إبْراهيمَ بنِ عُلَيَّة، الأخيرُ عَن سعيدِ بنِ مَسْروقٍ ودَاود بنِ أَبي هنْدٍ، وَعنهُ أَحمدُ والزَّعْفراني، ثِقَةٌ تُوفي سنة 197؛ (مُحدِّثونَ) .
(وَالَّذِي فِي التّكْملَةِ: وَقد سَمَّوا عَلْيان، بالفَتْح، وعُلَيَّان {وعُلَيَّة مُصَغَّرَيْن.
(} والعُلَى، كهُدًى: د بناحِيَةِ وادِي القُرَى) بَيْنه وبينَ الشامِ نَزِلَه النبيُّ صلى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسلم فِي طَرِيقِه إِلَى تَبُوكَ، وبُنِيَ هُنَاكَ مَسْجِدٌ بمكانِ مُصَلاّه، وَهُوَ اليَوْم أَحدُ منازِلِ حاجِّ الشامِ، وَعَلِيهِ قلْعةٌ حَصِينةٌ، وَبِه عينُ ماءٍ عَذْب.
(و) أَيْضاً: (ع بدِيارِ غَطَفانَ) .
(قالَ نَصْر: وموضِعٌ أَحْسبُ فِي دِيارِ تميمٍ.
(و) أَيْضاً: (رَكِيَّاتٌ) عندَ الحصاءِ (بدِيارِ) بَني (كِلابٍ.
(و) العَلاءُ، (كسَماءٍ: ع بالمدينَةِ) ؛) قالَ نَصْر: أَظنُّه أُطُماً، أَو عنْدَه أُطُمَ.
(وسِكَّةُ العَلاءِ: ببُخارَا) وَمِنْهَا أَبو سعيدٍ الكاتِبُ {العَلائِيُّ رَوَى عَنهُ أَبو كاهلٍ البَصْرِيّ وغيرُهُ.
(وكُورَةُ} العَلاتَيْنِ) ، مُثَنَّى! العَلاة، (بحِمْصَ. ( {والعَلْواءُ: القِصَّةُ العالِيَةُ) ؛) عَن ابنِ الأعْرابي، ونَصّه} العَلْوَي.
(وَبلا لامٍ) عَلْوَي اسْمُ (امْرأَةٍ.
(و) {عَلْوَى: (فَرَسانِ) :) أَحَدُهما لخفَّافِ بنِ نُدْبَة، وَالثَّانِي للسّلَيْكِ بنِ السّلَكةِ.
(} والعِلِيُّ، بكَسْرَتَيْنِ) مَعَ شَدِّ الياءِ: ( {العُلُوُّ) ، وَمِنْه قِراءَةُ ابنِ مَسْعود {ظلما} وعِلِيًّا} .
وممَّا يُسْتدركُ عَلَيْهِ:
مِن أَسْمائِهِ تَعالى: {العَلِيُّ} والمُتَعالِي، {والأَعْلَى} فالعَلِيُّ الَّذِي ليسَ فَوْقه شيءٌ، وعَلا الخَلْقَ فقَهَرَهُم بقُدْرتِه، والمُتعالِي الَّذِي جلَّ عَن إفْكِ المُفْتَرِيْن، ويكونُ بمعْنَى العالِي.
والأَعْلَى: الَّذِي هُوَ أَعْلى من كلِّ عالٍ.
وعَلا فِي الأرضِ: طَغَى وتكبَّرَ.
وقولُه تَعَالَى: { {ولَتَعْلُنَّ عُلُوًّا كَبِيرا} ، أَي لَتَبْغُنَّ ولَتَعظُمَنَّ.
} وعَلَوْتُ الرَّجُلَ: غَلَبْته.
{وعَلَوْتُه بالسَّيْفِ: ضَرَبْته.
وأَتَيْتَه مِن} مُعالٍ، بضمِّ الْمِيم؛ قالَ ذُو الرُّمَّة:
ونَغَضانُ الرحل من مُعالِ وأَمَّا قولُ أَعْشَى باهِلَةَ:
إنِّي أَتَتْني لِسانٌ لَا أُسَرُّ بهَا
مِنْ! عَلْوُ لَا عَجَبٌ مِنْهَا وَلَا سَخَرُ فيُرْوى بضمِّ الواوِ وفَتْحِها وكَسْرِها، أَي أَتاني خَبرٌ مِن {أَعْلَى نَجْدٍ.
} وعالِ عَنِّي {وأَعْلِ عَنِّي: أَي تَنَحَّ. وَفِي حديثِ مَقْتَل أَبي جَهْل: (} أَعْلِ عَنِّجْ) ، أَي تنَحَّ عَنِّي.
{واعْلِ عنِّي مَوْصُولَة لُغَةٌ فِي أَعْلِ مَقْطُوعَة؛ عَن الفرَّاء.
} واعْلُ الوِسادَةَ: اقْعُد عَلَيْهَا، وأعْلِ عَنْهَا: انْزِلْ عَنْهَا؛ قالتِ امْرأَةٌ من العَرَبِ:
فَقَدْتُكَ مِنْ بَعْلٍ عَلامَ تَدُكُّنِي
بصَدْرِكَ لَا تُغْنِي فَتِيلاً وَلَا {تُعْلي أَي لَا تَنْزِل.
} وعُلاوَةُ الرِّيحِ، بالضمِّ: مَا كانَ فَوْقَ الصَّيْدِ، وسُفالَتُها تَحْته.
{وعَلَوْتُ على فلانٍ الرِّيحَ: كُنْت فِي} عُلاوَتِها.
ويقالُ: لَا {تَعْلُ الرِّيحَ على الصَّيْدِ فيُراحُ رِيحَكَ ويَنْفِرُ.
} والعُلاَ، كهُدًى: الشَّرفُ والرِّفْعَةُ.
وأَبو العَلاءِ: مِن كناهُم.
{والعالِيَةُ: قَرْيةٌ باليَمَنِ.
} وعَالاَهُ اللهُ: رَفَعه؛ قَالَ العجَّاج:
{عالَيْتُ أَنْساعِي وجلِبَ الكُور
عَلَى سَراةِ رائحٍ مَمْطُورِ} وعَلَّيْت الحَبْلَ تَعْلِيَةً: رَفَعْته إِلَى مَجْراهُ من البَكَرةِ والرِّشَاء، فَهُوَ {مُعَلَ والرِّشاءُ} مُعَلّى.
! وعَلا بالأمْرِ: اسْتَقَلَّ بِهِ واضْطَلَعَ، قالَ عليُّ بنُ الغديرِ الغنوي: فاعْمِدْ لمَا {تَعْلُو فَمَا لكَ بالذِي
لَا تَسْتَطِيع مِنَ الأُمورِ يَدان} ِوالعالِيَةُ: القَناةُ المُسْتَقِيمةُ.
{وأَعْلِ عنَّا} وعالَ: اطْلُبْ حاجَتَكَ عنْدَ غَيْرِنا فَلَا نَقْدِرُ عَلَيْهَا.
{وعَلا حاجَتَه} واسْتَعْلاها: ظَهَرَ عَلَيْهَا؛ وقِرْنَه كَذلكَ.
ورجُلٌ {عَلُوٌّ للرِّجالِ، كعَدُوَ.
} والعَلْو، بالفَتْح: ارْتِفاعُ أَصْلِ البِناءِ.
{والعِلِّيُّون فِي كَلامِهم: الَّذين يَنْزلونَ} أَعَالِي البِلاد، فَإِذا نَزَلُوا أَسافِلَها فهُم سِفْلِيُّون.
{والعِلِّيُّونَ أَيْضاً: أَهْلُ الثَّرْوَةِ والشَّرَفِ، والمُتَّضِعُون سِفْلِيُّون.
} والتَّعْلِيةُ: أَن ينْتأَ بعضُ الطَّيِّ أَسْفَل البِئْرِ فيَنْزلَ رجُلٌ {فيُعلِّي الدَّلْوَ عَن الحَجرِ الناتِىءِ.
وقيلَ: المُعَلِّي الَّذِي يرفَعُ الدَّلْوَ مَمْلوءَةٌ إِلَى فَوْق يُعِين المُسْتَقيَ بذلك.
} والعَلاَيَةُ: بَلَدٌ بالرُّومِ، مِنْهَا الصّلاحُ خليلُ بنُ كيكلدى {العَلاَئيُّ حافِظُ بَيْتِ المَقْدِس.
} والعَلاَئيُّ أَيْضاً: من ولدِ العَلاءِ بنِ الحَضْرميّ، مِنْهُم عبدُ الرحمنِ بنُ محمدِ بنِ مَنْصورٍ الحَضْرميُّ، وابْنُه محمدٌ وآخَرُونَ.
{واعْتَلَى الشيءَ: قَوِيَ عَلَيْهِ} وعَلاهُ.
{والعَلِيَّةُ من الإِبلِ} والمُعْتَلِيَةُ {والمُسْتَعْلِيَةُ: القَوِيَّةُ على حِمْلِها.
ويقالُ: ناقةٌ حَلِيَّة} عَلِيَّة، فالحَلِيَّةُ حُلْوةُ المَنْظرِ والسَّيْر، {والعَلِيَّةُ: الفائِقَةُ.
} والمُسْتَعْلي: الَّذِي يقومُ على يَسارِ الحَلُوبةِ، أَو الَّذِي يأْخُذُ العُلْبَةَ بيَسارِه ويَحْلُب بيمِينِه؛ وقيلَ: هُوَ الَّذِي يَحْلُبها من الشقِّ الأَيْسَرِ.
{والعَلاةُ: الصَّخْرَةُ.
} وعُولِيَ السّمْن والشَّحْم فِي كلِّ ذِي سمنٍ: صُنِعَ حَتَّى ارْتفعَ فِي الصَّنْعةِ.
وفلانٌ هَنِيٌّ {عليَّ: أَي يتَأَنَّث للنِّساء.
وسَمَّوْا} عَلْوان؛ والنِّسْبَةُ إِلَى {مُعَلًّى:} مُعَلَّوِيٌّ.
{وعلاءَةُ بَني هزان: باليَمامَةِ على طريقِ الحاجِّ.
وعلاءَةُ كلْبٍ بالشامِ.
} والعُلا بالضمِّ: موْضِعٌ فِي دِيارِ بَني تمِيم.
{وَتَعَالَى: اسْمُ امْرأَةٍ.
ويقالُ للكَثيرِ المالِ:} اعْل بِهِ، أَي ابْقَ بعْدَه، أَو دُعاءً لَهُ بالبَقاءِ.
ويقالُ: هُوَ غَيْرُ مُؤْتَلٍ فِي الأمْرِ وَلَا {مُعْتَلَ، أَي غَيْر مُقصِّرٍ.
} وتَعلَّى فلانٌ: إِذا هَجَمَ على قوْمٍ بغيرِ إذْن.
وفلانٌ {تَعْلُو عَنهُ العَيْنُ: أَي تَنْبُو.
وَإِذا نَبَا الشيءُ عَن الشيءِ وَلم يَلْصَقْ بِهِ: فقد} عَلاَ عَنهُ.
{وعالِيَةُ الوادِي: حيثُ يَنْحدرُ الماءُ مِنْهُ.
وعالِيَةُ تمِيمٍ: هُم بَنُو عَمْرِو بنِ تمِيمٍ، وهُم بَنُو الهُجَيْمِ والعَنْبر ومازِنٍ.
وَذُو} العُلا: ذُو الصِّفاتِ العُلا، أَو هُوَ جَمْع الصِّفَةِ {العُلْيا والكَلِمَةِ العُلْيا، ويكونُ جَمْعاً للاسْمِ الأعْلى.
واليَدُ العُلْيا: المُتَعفِّفَةُ أَوْ المُنْفِقَةُ.
والنِّسْبَةُ إِلَى} عَليٍّ:! عَلَوِيٌّ، وهم {العَلَويُّونَ.
وآلُ با} علوى: قَبيلَةٌ مِن العَلَوِيِّين بحَضْرَمَوْتَ.
وأَتَيْتُ الناقَةَ مِن قِبَل {مُسْتَعْلاها، أَي مِن قِبَلٍ إِنسيّها.
وَهَذِه الكَلِمةُ} تَسْتَعْلي لِسانِي: إِذا كانتْ تَجْرِي عَلَيْهِ كثيرا.
والحائِضُ {عالِيَةُ الدّم:} يَعْلُو دَمُها الماءَ.
وهم بهم {أَعْلى عَيْناً: أَي أَبْصَرُ بهم وأَعْلَم بحالِهِم.
وَإِذا بلَغَ الفَرَسُ الغايَةَ فِي الرِّهان قيلَ:} اسْتَعْلَى على الغايَةِ.
{والمُعْتَلي: المُطِيقُ} كالمُسْتَعْلِي.
وغُنِّيَ النّعْمانُ بشيءٍ من دَالِيةِ النابغَةِ فقالَ: هَذَا شِعْرٌ {عُلْوِيٌّ، أَي} عالِي الطَّبَقةِ، أَو مِن {عُلْيا نَجْدٍ، وَمَا سَأَلْتك مَا} يَعْلُوكَ ظَهْراً: أَي مَا يُشقُّ عَلَيْك.
وَهُوَ {أَعْلَى بكُم عَيْناً: أَي أَشَدّ لكُم تَعْظِيماً فأَنْتُم أَعِزَّةٌ عِنْدَه.
وَأَبُو} يَعْلَى مِن كناهُم.
وبَنُو {عَلِيٍّ: قبيلَةٌ من كِنانَةَ، وهم بَنُو عبْدِ مَنَاة، وإنَّما قيلَ لَهُم بَنُو عليَ عزْوَة إِلَى عليِّ بنِ مَسْعودٍ الأزْدِي، وَهُوَ أَخُو عَبْد مَنَاة لأُمِّه فخلفَ على أُمّ ولدِ عبْدِ مَنَاة وهم بَكْرٌ وعامِرٌ ومرَّةُ وأُمُّهم هنْدُ بنْتُ بكْرِ بنِ وائِلٍ النّزارِيَّة فربَّاهم فِي حجرِهِ فنُسِبُوا إِلَيْهِ، والعَرَبُ تنسبُ ولدَ المرأَةِ إِلَى زَوْجِها الَّذِي يخلفُ عَلَيْهَا بعدَ أَبيهم، وذلكَ عَنَى حسَّانُ بنُ ثابتٍ، رضِيَ اللهُ} تَعَالَى عَنهُ بقوْله:
ضَرَبُوا! عَلِيًّا يَوْمَ بَدْرٍ ضَرْبةً
دانَتْ لوَقْعَتِها جَمِيعُ نزارِ أَرادَ بني عليَ هَؤُلَاءِ مِن كِنانَةَ؛ قالَهُ ابنُ الجوانِي.
وبَنُو عليَ: قَبيلَةٌ يَنْزِلون أَفْرِيقِيَة، وأُخْرَى يَنْزلُونَ وادِي بَرْقَةَ.
وكسُمَيَ: {عُلَيُّ بنُ عيسَى بنِ حَمْزةَ بنِ دهاسٍ الحسْني أميرُ مكَّةَ الَّذِي ذَكَرَه الزَّمَخْشريُّ فِي خطْبَةِ الكشَّاف.
ومَسْلمةُ بنُ عُليَ الحسْني وكانَ يَكْرهُ تَصْغيرَ اسْمه وإنَّما صُغِّرَ فِي أَيامِ بَني أُمَيَّة مُراغَمَة مِن الجَهَلَةِ.
وأَصْبَغُ بنُ عَلْقَمَةَ بنِ عُلَيِّ بنِ شريكِ بنِ الحارِثِ أَبو المقْدَامِ الحَنْظَليُّ البَصْريُّ، رَوَى عَنهُ ابنُ المُبارَكِ وَابْن عَمِّهِ خالِد بن هزيمِ بنِ عِلَيِّ بنِ شريكٍ ماتَ بخُراسَان، ورَوَى عَن حميدِ بنِ مرَّةَ تَاريخَ مَرْوَ؛} وعُليُّ بنُ عبادِ بنِ الحارثِ فِي الجاهِلِيَّةِ. فهَؤلاءِ كُلُّهم بالتَّصْغِيرِ.
وسَمَّوْا {عَلْياء، وجلالُ الدِّيْن أَبُو} العَلْياء جَدُّ أَشْرافِ سَمْهود بالصَّعِيدِ.
{وعالِيَةُ بنْتُ أيفعِ زَوْجُ أَبي إسْحاق السُّبَيْعِيْ وأُمُّ ابْنِه يُونُس؛ وعالِيَةُ بنْتُ سَبْع عَن مَيْمونَةَ؛ وعالِيَةُ أُخْتُ عَبْد المُحْسن الشِّيحي؛ وأَبو} العالِيَةَ الرِّياحِيُّ: مُحدِّثونَ.
وأَبو الحُسَيْن أَحمدُ بنُ محمدِ بنِ مَنْصورِ بنِ حُسَيْنِ بنِ العالِي بنِ سُلَيْمان البُوشَنْجي رَوَى عَن شيخِ الإسْلامِ الهَرَوي؛ والرَّشيدُ فضْلُ اللهِ بنُ أَبي الخَيْر ابنِ! عالِي الهَمَداني وَزِيرُ سُلْطان المَشْرِقِ مَشْهورٌ.
{والعَلَويُّون: بَطْنٌ باليَمنِ يَنْتَسِبُون إِلَى} عليِّ بنِ راشدِ بنِ بولان مِن بَني عُكِّ بنِ عَدْنان، مِنْهُم النَّفيس سُلَيمانُ بنُ إبراهيمَ بنِ عُمَر التعزي المُحدِّث، تُوفي سَنَة 835، وأَهْل بَيْته؛ ونَسَبَه الحافِظُ إِلَى عليِّ بنِ بكْرِ بنِ وائِلٍ وَهُوَ غَلَطٌ.
وسلّم {العَلوِيُّ إِلَى عِلْمِ الهَيْئَةِ، وَقيل: إِلَى عليِّ بنِ سودِ بنِ الحجرِ الأزْدِي.
وبَنُو} عَليَ أَيْضاً بَطْنٌ مِن مَذْحِجٍ.
وبتَثْقِيل الَّلامِ: محمدُ بنُ عليّ بنِ {علّويه} العَلَّوِيّ الجُرْجاني تَفَقَّه على المُزَني؛ وأَبو القاسِمِ عليُّ بنُ الحَسَنِ بنِ علّويه {العَلّويُّ تَفَقَّه على أَبي عُثْمان الصَّابوني؛ وأَبو النَّضْر محمدُ بنُ بكْرِ بنِ محمدِ بنِ مَسْعودِ بنِ علّويه العلّويُّ السَّمَرْقَنْديُّ رَوَى عَن عُمَر بنِ محمدٍ النّجيرمي.
وبكونِ اللامِ: عَمْرُو بنُ سَلْمةَ الهَمدانيُّ} العلْوِيُّ الأرْحبيُّ صاحِبُ عليَ، ذَكَرَه الرّشاطي.
{وعَلَيَّانُ، مُصَغَّراً: فحلٌ كانَ لكُلَيْبِ بنِ وائِلٍ، وَفِيه أجْرى المَثَل: دُون} عُلَيَّان خُرِطَ القَتادُ.
{ومعليا: من نواحِي الأُرْدن.
وجاءَ مِن} أَعْلَى وأَرْوَح: أَي مِن السَّماءِ ومَهَبِّ الرِّياح.
ويقالُ فِي زَجْرِ العَنْزِ: {عل عل} وَعلا علا.
وعَلا فلانٌ للشيءِ {يَعْلُو لَهُ: إِذا أَطاقَهُ.
} والعالِيَةُ: فرَسُ عَمْرِو بنِ مِلْقَطٍ الطائيُّ.
وقالَ ابنُ حبيبٍ:! علةُ بنُ جلدِ بنِ مالِكٍ.

علو

1 عَلَا, (Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (Msb,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (Msb, K;) and عَلِىَ; and ↓ تعلّى [which last see also below]; (K;) It (a thing, Msb) was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty; (Msb, K; *) syn. اِرْتَفَعَ; (Msb;) and so ↓ تعالى: (S, K:) or you say, عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ [it was, or became, high, or elevated, in place], aor. ـْ inf. n. عُلُوٌّ: (S:) and عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, high, or elevated, or exalted, in dignity, or nobility], (S, Mgh,) with kesr, (S,) aor. ـْ inf. n. عَلَآءٌ; (S, Mgh;) and also عَلَا, with fet-h, aor. ـْ a poet says, لَمَّا عَلَا كَعْبُكَ لِى عَلِيتُ [(assumed tropical:) When thy nobility became exalted to me, I became exalted]; thus combining the two dial. vars.: (S:) or you say, عَلِىَ فِى المَكَارِمِ [(assumed tropical:) he was, or became, eminent in generous, or honourable, actions or qualities], inf. n. عَلَآءٌ [in some copies of the K عَلًا]; (Msb, K;) and عَلَا, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ; (K;) and thus the two verbs are used in the saying of the poet cited above: (TA:) and ↓ استعلى, said of a man, signifies the same as عَلَا. (S.) [Hence,] عَلَتِ الشَّمْسُ The sun became high; as also ↓ اِعْتَلَت: (Nawádir el-Aaráb, TA in art. دلك:) and [hence,] عَلَا النَّهَارُ The day became advanced, the sun being somewhat high; syn. اِرْتَفَعَ [q. v.]; as also ↓ اعتلى and ↓ استعلى. (K.) b2: عَلَا فِى المَكَانِ, inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, signifies [also] He ascended the place, or upon the place; syn. صَعِدَ: and عَلَوْتُ عَلَى الجَبَلِ and عَلَوْتُ أَعْلَاهُ are syn. [as meaning I ascended the mountain, or upon the mountain, or upon the top, or highest part, thereof]: and عَلَوْتُهُ and عَلَوْتُ فِيهِ signify I ascended it; syn. رَقِيتُ فِيهِ. (Msb.) عَلَاهُ (S, Msb, K, TA) and عَلَا بِهِ, (K, TA, [in the CK علّاه وبه is put for عَلَاهُ وَبِهِ,]) and ↓ استعلاهُ, (S, K, TA,) and ↓ اعتلاهُ, (S,) and ↓ اِعْلَوْلَاهُ, and ↓ اعلاهُ, and ↓ علّاه, (K, TA,) this last [for which the CK has عالاهُ] being with teshdeed, (TA,) and ↓ عالاهُ and بِهِ ↓ عالى, (K, TA, [in the CK عالَّاهُ وبه,]) are syn., (S, K,) signifying He ascended it, or upon it; (K; [in the CK صَعَّدَهُ, and so in my MS. copy of the K, but in other copies صَعِدَهُ, which is certainly the right reading;]) whether the object be a mountain or a beast: (TA:) [or] you say, عَلَا الدَّابَّةَ He mounted the beast; (K, TA;) and in like manner, anything: (TA:) and عَلَى السَّطْحَ, aor. ـْ (K, TA;) but in the M عَلِىَ السَّطْحَ, i. e., like رَضِىَ; (TA;) inf. n. عَلْىٌ (K, TA) and عِلْىٌ (TA, and so accord. to some copies of the K,) and عُلِىٌّ; (TA, and so accord. to other copies of the K instead of عِلْىٌ;) He ascended upon the flat house-top; syn. صَعِدَهُ. (K, TA.) b3: [عَلَاهُ signifies also He, or it, was, or became, upon it, or over it: and it came, or arose, upon it; overlay it; was, or became, superincumbent, or supernatant, upon it; or overspread it; as scum, and rust, &c. And It lay on him as a burden. Hence,] one says, مَا سَأَلْتُكَ مَا يَعْلُوكَ ظَهْرًا i. e. [(assumed tropical:) I did not ask, or demand, of thee, what would lie as a burden on thy back; or] what would be onerous, burdensome, oppressive, or troublesome, to thee. (TA.) b4: And [hence also] عَلَاهُ It over-topped it, rose above it, or exceeded it in height. (TA in art. دصر.) [And in like manner, ↓ استعلى

عَلَيْهِ It became elevated above it.] b5: And عَلَوْتُهُمْ بِالشَّرَفِ and بِالجَمَالِ [(assumed tropical:) I was, or became, superior to them in nobility and in goodliness]. (S in art. فرع.) b6: And عَلَاهُ [(assumed tropical:) He had, or gained, ascendency over him, or it; as also عَلَا عَلَيْهِ and عليه ↓ استعلى: and] (assumed tropical:) he overcame him; or had, or gained, the mastery over him; (S, Msb, TA;) and subdued him; (Msb;) namely, his opponent, or adversary; as also ↓ استعلاهُ: and in like manner, عَلَا حَاجَتَهُ and ↓ استعلاها (assumed tropical:) he gained the mastery over the object of his want: and ↓ اعتلى

الشَّىْءَ (assumed tropical:) he prevailed against the thing, or had power over it, and overcame it; and عَلَا لِلشَّىْءِ, aor. ـْ (assumed tropical:) he was, or became, able to do, or accomplish, or to bear, the thing. (TA.) عَلَا بِالأَمْرِ means اِضْطَلَعَ بِهِ وَاسْتَقَلَّ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) He had strength, or power, sufficient for the affair, and had absolute control over it]: (S: [so in one of my copies: the other has اِطَّلَعَ, which I find also in the PS and in my copy of the TA; and which is allowed by some, but disallowed by others, in the sense of اِضْطَلَعَ, as is shown voce مُضْطَلِعٌ:]) a poet says, فَاعْمِدْ لِمَا تَعْلُو فَمَا لَكَ بِالَّذِى

لَا تَسْتَطِيعُ مِنَ الأُمُورِ يَدَانِ [Then aim thou at that for which thou hast sufficient strength, or power, and over which thou hast absolute control: (بِهِ being understood after تعلو:) for what object hast thou in meddling with that which a pair of hands cannot accomplish, of affairs?]. (S.) [And hence, perhaps,] one says to him who possesses much property, اعل به i. e. ابق بعده [app. اُعْلُ بِهِ and اِبْقَ بَعْدَهُ, as though meaning (assumed tropical:) Have thou ability to consume it, and so survive thou it; like as one says to him who puts on a new garment, أَبْلِ (see 4 in art. بلو)]: or [perhaps a mistake for “ and ”] it is [virtually] a prayer for his continuance in life. (TA.) b7: عَلَوْتُ عَلَى فُلَانٍ الرِّيحَ means I was [or went] on the windward side of such a one: and one says, لَا تَعْلُ الرِّيحَ عَلَى الصَّيْدِ فَيَرَاحَ رِيحَكَ وَيَنْفِرَ [i. e. Go not thou on the windward side of the game, lest it scent thy odour, and take fright and flee]. (TA.) b8: عَلَوْتُهُ بِالسَّيْفِ means I smote him [with the sword; or, more properly, I set upon him therewith]. (S, TA.) And [in like manner] one says, عَلَاهُ بِالشَّتْمِ وَالضَّرْبِ [(assumed tropical:) He set upon him, or assailed him, or overcame him, with reviling and beating]. (S and M in art. ثول, &c.) b9: عَلَا فِى

الأَرْضِ, (S, TA,) inf. n. عُلُوٌّ, (S,) signifies (assumed tropical:) He exalted, or magnified, himself, [in the earth,] or behaved proudly, insolently, or exorbitantly. (S, * TA.) And [in like manner] لَا تَعْلُوا عَلَى اللّٰهِ, in the Kur xliv. 18, (assumed tropical:) Exalt not, or magnify not, yourselves against God; or behave not proudly, &c. (Bd, Jel.) b10: عَلَا عَنْهُ [lit. signifies It rose from it: and hence,] it recoiled from it, i. e., a thing from another thing; it did not cleave to it: and تَعْلُو عَنْهُ العَيْنُ means (assumed tropical:) The eye recoils from him. (TA.) b11: اُعْلُ عَنِّى: see 3. b12: عَلَا بِهِ as syn. with أَعْلَاهُ: see expl. with the latter below.2 علّاهُ: see 4. b2: [Hence,] one says, عَلَّيْتُ بِهِ عَلَى البَعِيرِ [I raised it, and put it, upon the camel]: (S:) [and so ↓ عَالَيْتُهُ; as in a verse cited voce رَائِحٌ, in art. روح; in which, and in the present art., it is cited in the S and TA: and ↓ عَالَبْتُ بِهِ; as in a verse cited voce إِلَى in the sense of مِنْ, in art. الو:] and عَلَىَّ ↓ عَالِ means اِحْمِلْ [i. e. Put thou upon me such a thing to be carried by me; or load thou me]. (S, K.) b3: And عَلَّيْتُ الحَبْلَ, inf. n. تَعْلِيَةٌ, I raised the cord to its proper place in respect of the channel of the sheave, and in respect of the [main] well-rope. (S.) b4: And علّى الدَّلْوَ, inf. n. as above, He raised the bucket from a stone projecting in the lower part of the casing of a well [and impeding its ascent]; he having descended the well for that purpose: [or simply he raised the filled bucket; for] some say that ↓ المُعَلِّىsignifies he who raises the filled bucket; i. e., who draws water thereby. (TA.) b5: And علّى المَتَاعَ عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He put down the goods, or furniture and utensils, from the beast: [app. because he who does so lifts them off the beast:] (K, TA:) أَعْلَاهُ in this sense is disapproved. (TA.) b6: See also 1, former half. b7: And see Q. Q. 1.3 مُعَالَاةٌ signifies (assumed tropical:) The vying, competing, or contending for superiority, in highness, loftiness, elevation, or eminence. (KL.) You say, عَالَاهُ, meaning سَامَاهُ. (M in art. سمو. [See 3 in that art. in two places.]) b2: See 4, in two places. b3: عُولِىَ, said of clarified butter, and of the fat of anything having fatness, means It was wrought (صُنِعَ [app. over a fire]) until it rose in the operation. (TA.) b4: عَالَوْا نَعِيَّهُ (assumed tropical:) They manifested the announcement of his death: (K, TA:) [as though meaning they raised the report of his death:] one should not say أَعْلَوْهُ nor عَلَّوْهُ. (TA.) b5: See 2, in three places. b6: عَالَتِ البَيْقُورَ, occurring in a verse of Umeiyeh Ibn-Abi-s-Salt, is mentioned and explained in the S in this art. and in art. عول: see the latter art. [to which it seems more properly to belong]. b7: See 1, former half, in two places. b8: عَالِ عَنِّى Remove thou, or go thou away or aside, from me; as also عَنِّى ↓ أَعْلِ; (S, TA;) for which latter, أَعْلِ عَنِّجْ occurs in a trad. respecting the slaughter of Abu-Jahl; and عَنِّى ↓ اُعْلُ with the conjunctive ا is a dial. var. of أَعْلِ عَنِّى

with the disjunctive ا mentioned by Fr. (TA.) b9: [Hence,] one says, عَنَّا ↓ أَعْلِ and عَالِ [i. e. and عَالِ عَنَّا], meaning (assumed tropical:) Seek the object of thy want at the hands of other than us (عِنْدَ غَيْرِنَا), for we are not able to accomplish it. (TA.) b10: And عالى and ↓ اعلى signify He came to the 'Áliyeh of Nejd, i. e. the region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh and the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it. (S.) 4 اعلاهُ He (a man, Msb) elevated it (i. e. a thing, Msb); or made it high, or lofty; (Msb, K;) as also ↓ علّاهُ, (K,) with teshdeed, (TA,) and بِهِ ↓ عَلَا [without teshdeed]: (K:) it is [also] said of God, meaning (assumed tropical:) He elevated, or exalted, him; and ↓ عالاهُ is like it [in meaning]: (S:) and بِفُلَانٍ ↓ عَالَيْتُ signifies the same as أَعْلَيْتُهُ [(assumed tropical:) I elevated, or exalted, such a one; as also, app., (see 4 in art. ظهر,) أَعْلَيْتُ بِفُلَانٍ]. (Ham p. 175.) Hence one says, أَعْلَى اللّٰهُ كَعْبَهُ [(tropical:) God exalted, or may God exalt, his nobility]. (TA.) b2: See also 1, former half. b3: أَعْلِ الوِسَادَةَ means Sit thou upon the cushion. (TA.) b4: And أَعْلِ عَنِ الوِسَادَةِ Rise thou from the cushion; syn. قُمْ: (TA in art. دك:) or descend thou from it. (S * and TA in the present art.) And اعلى عَنِ الدَّابَّةِ He alighted from the beast. (K, TA.) b5: See also 3, latter half, in three places.5 تعلّى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Also (K) He, or it, was, or became, high, elevated, or lofty, gently, or leisurely. (S, K.) b3: And He came upon a party of men suddenly, or at unawares, without permission. (TA.) b4: تَعَلَّتْ مِنْ نِفَاسِهَا (assumed tropical:) She (a woman) became free, (S, Mgh, K,) and passed forth, (Mgh,) from her state of impurity consequent upon childbirth; (S, Mgh, K;) as also ↓ تَعَالَتْ; (Mgh; and TA in art. عل;) and so تَعَالَّتْ, as well as تَعَلَّلَتْ: (K and TA in that art.:) or مِنْ مَرَضِهَا from her disease: (K:) or you say of a woman, تعلّت من نفاسها meaning [as above or] she became pure from the effects of her childbirth: (TA:) and of a man you say, تعلّى مِنْ عِلَّتِهِ (S, TA) he recovered from his disease. (TA.) 6 تعالى: see 1, first sentence. b2: Addressing a man, (S, Msb,) using the imperative form, you say, تَعَالَ, (S, Msb, K,) with fet-h to the ل, (S, K,) originally meaning Be thou elevated, (S, Msb,) and said by a man in a high place in calling a man in a low place; (Msb;) then, by reason of frequency of usage, employed in the sense of هَلُمَّ [meaning Come thou], (S, Msb,) absolutely, whether the place of the person called be high or low or on the same level; so that it is originally applied to denote a particular meaning, and then used in a general meaning: (Msb:) and to a woman one says, تَعَالَىْ; (S, K;) and to two women, (S,) or two persons, (TA,) تَعَالَيَا; (S, TA;) and to a pl. number of men, تَعَالَوْا; (Msb, TA;) and to a pl. number of women, تَعَالَيْنَ; (S, Msb, TA;) and sometimes the ل is pronounced with damm in the pl. masc., and with kesr in the fem.; whence El-Hasan El-Basree read, [in the Kur iii. 57,] قُلْ يَا أَهْلَ الْكِتَابِ تَعَالُوا [Say thou, O people of the Scripture, come ye, the usual reading being تَعَالَوْا], for the sake of congeniality with the و: (Msb, TA:) it is not allowable to say تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I came], nor to use the prohibitive form; (S;) but one says, (thus accord. to several copies of the S,) or nor does one say, (thus accord. to one of my copies of the S, [and accord. to the TA, in which it is said that the verb is not used otherwise than in the imperative form,]) قَدْ تَعَالَيْتُ [as meaning I have come], and إِلَى أَىِّ شَىْءٍ أَتَعَالَى

[as meaning To what thing shall I come? like as one says, إِلَامَ أَهَلُمَّ]. (S.) b3: [تعالى signifies also (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, exalted, or extolled: and (assumed tropical:) he exalted himself: and in both of these senses it is often followed by عَنْ as syn. with عَلَى, denoting superiority: you say, تعالى فُلَانٌ عَنْ كَذَا, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one was, or became, exalted above such a thing; or simply, was, or became, above it, i. e. too elevated in character for it: and also, exalted himself above such a thing; or held himself above it.] Said of God, in the Kur xx. 113 [and in other instances therein], it means [(assumed tropical:) Exalted, or supremely exalted, is He] in his essence and his attributes, above the created beings. (Bd.) [But in common speech, it is generally used as an ejaculation of praise, meaning (assumed tropical:) Exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He, or his greatness or majesty or glory, or his name; or acknowledged be his absolute supremacy. And the common expression (used in citing words of the Kur-án) قَالَ تَعَالَى means (assumed tropical:) He saith, or hath said, exalted or extolled, or supremely exalted or extolled, be He; &c.] b4: See also 5.8 إِعْتَلَوَ see 1, in two places as trans.: b2: and also in two places as intrans.

A2: [It may also be used for, or in the sense of, اِئتَلَى, as meaning He fell short in an affair: see its part. n.]10 إِسْتَعْلَوَ see 1, in seven places. [The inf. n. اِسْتِعْلَآءٌ, properly denotes Superiority that is perceptible by sense: and tropically, such as is ideal, or perceived by the intellect: see عَلَى, below.] b2: One says also, هٰذِهِ الكَلِمَةُ تَسْتَعْلِى لِسَانِى, meaning [(assumed tropical:) This word, or sentence,] is often current upon my tongue. (TA.) b3: And اِسْتَعْلَى عَلَى الغَايَةِ, said of a horse in the contending to outstrip in a race, means (assumed tropical:) He reached the goal. (TA.) 12 اِعْلَوْلَاهُ: see 1, former half. Q. Q. 1 عَلْوَنَ الكِتَابَ, (S, K,) inf. n. عَلْوَنَةٌ and عُلْوَانٌ, (K,) i. q. عَنْوَنَهُ [He put a superscription, or title, to the book, or writing; or he wrote the superscription, or title, thereof]; (S, K;) as also الكِتَابَ ↓ عَلَّى; (K;) which latter is the more agreeable with analogy. (TA.) [See also Q. Q. 1 in arts. عن and عنو.]

مِنْ عَلُ: see the next paragraph. It also signifies, simply, Above him or it; or in the higher, or highest, part of him or it: thus in a hemistich cited voce تَحْت. (Mughnee.) [In all cases,] عَلُ is determinate, and indecl., with damm for its invariable termination: (Mughnee, TA:) [for it is regarded as a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning but not as to the letter:] in the saying of Ows, كَغِرْقِئِ بَيْضٍ كَنَّهُ القَيْضُ مِنْ عَلُو [Like the thin pellicle of eggs, which the shell covers above], the و [in عَلُو] is augmentative, being added to render the rhyme unrestricted: (S, TA:) and in the instance of مِنْ عَلُهْ, likewise ending a verse, the ه is that of pausation: for if عَلُ were [really] a prefixed noun, it would not be thus indecl. (Mughnee, TA.) أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ, (S, * K,) whence the saying of Imra-el-Keys cited in the first paragraph of art. حط, (S, Mughnee, TA,) and ↓ مِنْ عَلُ, [respecting which see the next preceding paragraph,] and ↓ مِنْ عَلَا, (S, K,) of which a verse cited voce نَاشَ in art. نوش is an ex., (S, TA,) and ↓ مِنع عَالٍ, signify the same, (S, Mughnee, K,) i. e. مِنْ فَوْقٍ; (K;) [which, with أَتَيْتُهُ preceding it, means I came to him, or it, from above; and (assumed tropical:) I overcame, or subdued, him, or it; for] اتاه من فوق and من علو [app. ↓ من عَلْوٍ (see عَلْوٌ below,) tropically used,] means قَهَرَهُ; (Ham p. 128;) [but the former is here meant in many, if not in all, instances, as is shown by what follows;] and [in like manner] one says, ↓ أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ; [whence] Dhu-r-Rummeh says, وَنَغَضَانُ الرّحْلِ مِنْ مُعَالِ [And the shaking of the camel's saddle in the upper part]. (S, TA.) عَلِ in مِنْ عَلِ is indeterminate [in itself] and decl. [as being a prefixed noun of which the complement is to be understood as to the meaning and as to the letter; thus differing from عَلُ in مِنْ عَلُ: if the complement were not to be understood either as to the letter or as to the meaning, one would say مِنْ عَلٍ, originally مِنْ عَلْوٍ]. (TA.) One says also أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ الدَّارِ, [thus in several copies of the S, from which one of my copies deviates by erroneously substituting عَلى for عَلِ,] with kesr to the ل, meaning مِنْ عَالِ [or rather مِنْ عَالِ الدَّارِ i. e. I came to him, or it, from the high, or elevated, part of the house or abode]: (S:) or the using عَل [thus] as a prefixed noun is a mistake. (Mughnee.) b2: And one says, اُزْجُرِ الفَزَّ عَلِ عَلِ and ↓ عَلَا عَلَا [Chide thou the young one of the wild cow, saying عَلِ عَلِ and عَلَا عَلَا]. (TA.) عَلَا [as a subst.]: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

A2: See also عَلَاةٌ.

عَلْوٌ: see عُلْوٌ in five places. b2: Also A high, or an elevated, state of the base, or foundation, of a building. (TA.) b3: And you say, أَخَذَهُ عَلْوًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) He took him, or it, by force. (K, TA.) See also the next but one of the preceding paragraphs.

عُلْوٌ and ↓ عِلْوٌ (S, Msb, K) and ↓ عَلْوٌ (K) signify The higher, or highest, part (S, Msb, K) of a house, or an abode, (S, Msb,) or of a thing; (K;) as also ↓ عِلْوَةٌ (K voce سُفْلٌ) and ↓ عُلَاوَةٌ and ↓ عَالِيَةٌ. (K in the present art.) You say, قَعَدْتُ عُلْوَهُ and ↓ عِلْوَهُ and فِى عُلْوِهِ and ↓ فى عِلْوِهِ [i. e. I sat in the higher, or highest, part of it]. (TA.) And Aashà-Báhileh says, إِنِّى أَتَنْنِى لِسَانٌ لَا أُسَرُّ بِهَا لَا عَجَبٌ مِنْهَا وَلَا سُخُرُ ↓مِنْ عَلْوَ (S,) or, as in one of my copies of the S, أَسُرُّ and سَخَرُ,) i. e. Verily information has come to me [by which I shall not be rejoiced (or by which I shall not rejoice others, accord. to the latter reading mentioned above,)] from the higher, or highest, parts of Nejd, (مِنْ أَعْلَى نَجْدٍ, thus in some copies of the S and in the TA, but in other copies of the S the word نَجْدٍ is omitted,) [at which there is no wondering, as at a thing that is improbable, nor any scoffing;] related [thus] with fet-h to the و and with damm thereto and with kesr thereto [i. e. عَلْوَ as above and also ↓ عَلْوُ and ↓ عَلْوِ]. (S, TA.) b2: One says also, هٰذَا شِعْرُ عُلْو [app. عُلْوٍ], meaning (assumed tropical:) This is poetry of a high class: or [the last word may be ↓ عَلْوَ or عَلْوُ or عَلْوِ, for it may mean], of the higher, or highest, part of Nejd. (TA.) عِلْوٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in three places.

عَلْىٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلْىٌ: see عَلِىٌّ.

عَلَى is a particle and a noun (Mbr, S, Mughnee, K) and a verb; (Mbr, S;) though some assert that it is only a noun, and ascribe this assertion to Sb: (Mughnee:) its alif, (Sb, S, Msb,) [which, when it has no affix, is written ى, and] which is originally و, (Sb, S,) [like that of إِلَى, q. v.,] is changed into [what is properly] ى when it has a pronominal affix, (Sb, S, Msb,) as in عَلَيْكَ, (Sb, S,) and عَلَيْهِ; (Msb;) but some of the Arabs [in this case] leave it unchanged, as in the saying of a rájiz, طَارُوا عَلَاهُنَّ فَطِرْ عَلَاهَا [They fled, or have fled, upon them, (referring to camels,) and flee thou upon her]; this, it is said, being of the dial. of Belhárith Ibn-Kaab. (Sb, S.) b2: As a particle, it has nine [or more than nine] meanings. (Mughnee.) As such, (Mughnee,) or, accord. to Sb, as a noun, (K,) it denotes الاِسْتِعْلَآء [i. e. superiority] (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, K, TA) properly thus termed, (Msb,) such as is perceptible by sense; (Es-Subkee, TA;) either with respect to what is signified by the noun governed by it, and this is generally the case, (Mughnee,) as in the saying [in the Kur xxiii. 22 and xl. 80], وَعَلَيْهَا وَعَلَى الْفُلْكِ تُحْمَلُونَ [And upon them (referring to camels) and upon the ship, or ships, ye are carried]; (Mughnee, K;) or with respect to what is near thereto, as in the saying [in the Kur xx. 10], أَوْ أَجِدُ عَلَى النَّارِ هُدًى [Or I shall find near upon the fire, i. e. at the fire, a right direction]: (Mughnee:) and using it to denote الاستعلآء properly thus termed, you say, كُنْتُ عَلَى السَّطْحِ [I was upon the flat house-top]: (Msb:) [in like manner also,] as denoting الاستعلآء that is perceptible by sense, it occurs in the saying [in the Kur lv. 26], كُلُّ مَنْ عَلَيْهَا فَانٍ [Every one that is upon it (referring to the earth) is transitory]: (Es-Subkee, TA:) and you say, عَلَى زَيْدٍ ثَوْبٌ [Upon Zeyd is, or was, a garment], عَلَى being here a particle; and عَلَا زَيْدًا ثَوْبٌ [A garment was upon Zeyd,] عَلَا being here a verb. (Mbr, S.) And it denotes الاستعلآء, likewise, tropically thus termed, (Msb, TA,) such as is ideal, or perceived by the intel-lect; (Msb, Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA;) as in the saying زَيْدٌ عَلَيْهِ دَيْنٌ (tropical:) [Zeyd, a debt is lying upon him, or incumbent on him, i. e. he owes a debt, لِفُلَانٍ to such a one], that which is ideal being thus likened to that which is corporeal; (Msb;) and in the phrases عَلَيْنَا أَمْرٌ and عَلَيْنَا مَالٌ, meaning (tropical:) An affair, or a command, lies, or rests, upon us, or is incumbent on us, and so property, [as due from us, i. e.] the former as a duty and the latter as a debt, i. e. يَثْبُتُ, like as the thing lies, or rests, (يَثْبُتُ,) upon the place; the latter phrase importing responsibility: and ثَبَتَ عَلَيْهِ مَالٌ is also said to mean كَثُرَ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) property was, or became, much in quantity, or amount, upon him, app. as a burden imposing upon him responsibility]. (TA.) And it [likewise] denotes ideal استعلآء in the phrase لَهُمْ عَلَىَّ ذَنْبٌ (tropical:) [A crime, or an offence, committed upon (or here, as in many other instances, it may be rendered against) me is imputable to them]: (Mughnee:) and so in the saying [in the Kur ii. 254 and xvii. 22], فَضَّلْنَا بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَى بَعْضٍ (tropical:) [We have made some of them to have superiority over some]. (Es-Subkee, Mughnee, TA.) [See also أَنْتَ عَلَى عَيْنِى, and and أَنْتَ عَلَى رَأْسِى, voce عَيْنٌ, first quarter.] b3: It also denotes concomitance, like مَعَ; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 172], وَآتَى المَالَ عَلَى حُبِّهِ [And giveth property with (or notwithstanding) the love of it]; (Mughnee, K;) and so it is said to be used in the phrase, in a trad. respecting the alms of the breaking of the fast [of Ramadán], عَلَى كُلِّ حُرٍّ وَعَبْدٍ صَاعٌ [With every free man and slave, a sáa], because the alms-gift of the breaking of the fast is not incumbent on the slave, but only on his master; (IAth, TA;) and so it is used in the [common] phrase, عَلَى أَنَّنِى رَاضٍ

[With (or notwithstanding) my being pleased, or well pleased, or content]. (Har p. 13.) b4: It also denotes transition, (Mughnee, K,) like عَنْ; (Mughnee;) as in the saying (of El-Koheyf El-'Okeylee, TA), إِذَا رَضِيَتْ عَلَىَّ بَنُو قُشَيْرٍ

لَعَمْرُ اللّٰهِ أَعْجَبَنِى رِضَاهَا [When the sons of Kusheyr shall be pleased, or well pleased, or content, with me, (or rather, if عَلَىَّ here denote transition, with what will proceed from me,) by the everlasting existence of God, their being pleased, &c., will induce in me admiration, or pleasure], (Mughnee, K, * TA,) i. e. عَنِّى; (Mughnee, TA;) or it may be that رَضِىَ is made to imply the meaning of عَطَفَ [which is trans. by means of عَلَى]; (Mughnee;) or, as Ks says, it is made to accord with its contr. سَخِطَ, (Mughnee, TA,) by its being made trans. by means of عَلَى: (TA:) and so in the saying, فِى لَيْلَةٍ لَا نَرَى بِهَا أَحَدًا يَحْكِى عَلَيْنَا إِلَّا كَوَاكِبَهَا [In a nigh in which we shall not see any one that shall report what will proceed from us, except its stars], i. e., عَنَّا; or it may be said that يَحْكِى is [here] made to imply the meaning of يَنُِمُّ. (Mughnee.) b5: It is also used to assign a cause, like ل; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 181], وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا اللّٰهَ عَلَى مَا هَدَاكُمْ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لِهِدَايَتِهِ

إِيَّاكُمْ [i. e. And that ye should magnify God for, or on account of, his rightly directing you]; (Mughnee;) [and in the same, vi. 90, &c., لَا

أَسْأَلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا i. e. I will not ask of you for it, or on account of it, a recompense;] and as in the saying of Rabee'ah Ibn Makroom Ed-Dabbee, فَدَعَوْا نَزَالِ فَكُنْتُ أَوَّلَ نَازِلٍ

وَعَلَامَ أَرْكَبُهُ إِذَا لَمْ أَنْزِلِ i. e. [And they called out, “Alight; ” and I was the first of any alighting:] and for what [or wherefore] do I ride him if I do not alight when called upon to do so? (Ham p. 29. [عَلَامَ is here, as usually, for عَلَى مَ.]) b6: It is also used in the sense of فِى [generally followed by a noun significant of time]; (S, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying [in the Kur xxviii. 14], وَدَخَلَ الْمَدِينَةَ عَلَى حِينِ غَفْلَةٍ [And he entered the city in, or during, a time of inadvertence]; (Mughnee, K;) and in the saying [in the same ii. 96], وَاتَّبَعُوا مَا تَتْلُو الشَّيَاطِينُ عَلَى مُلْكِ سُلَيْمَانَ, meaning, فِى

زَمَنِ مُلكِ سليمان [i. e. And they followed what the devils related, or recited, in the time of, or during, the reign of Suleymán (or Solomon)]; (Mughnee;) and in the phrase, كَانَ كَذَا عَلَى

عَهْدِ فُلَانٍ, meaning, فِى عَهْدِهِ [i. e. It was thus, or such a thing was, in the time of such a one]: (S:) [and in like manner it is used in the saying in the Kur iii. 173, مَا كَانَ اللّٰهُ لِيَذَرَ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَى مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ God is not purposing to leave, or certainly will not leave, the believers in that state wherein ye are: and in the phrase عَلَى سَفَرٍ, in ii. 180 &c. of the same, i. e. In (or, as we also say, on) a journey: in like manner also] لَقَدْ سَرَيْتُ عَلَى الظَّلَامِ, in a verse of Aboo-Kebeer El-Hudhalee, means, فِى الظَّلَامِ [i. e. I have journeyed by night in the darkness], فى الظلام holding the place of a noun in the accus. case as a ظَرْف [i. e. an adverbial noun of time or place]; or it may be in the place of a denotative of state, meaning وَأَنَا عَلَى الظَّلَامِ i. e. رَاكِبٌ لَهُ [riding upon the darkness]: (Ham p. 37:) and you say of one who was desiring to rise and hasten, رَأَيْتُهُ عَلَى أَوْفَاضٍ [i. e. I found him in a state of haste: see وَفْضٌ]. (TA.) b7: [It also denotes conformity, accordance, adaptation, or agreement; as in the phrase, اِضْرِبْهُ عَلَى طَبْعِ هٰذَا i. e. Make thou it, fashion it, or mould it, conformably, or according, to the model, make, fashion, or mould, of this; (see طَبْعٌ;) and in طُبِعَ عَلَى الشَّىْءِ and جُبِلَ and فُطِرَ &c. i. e. He (a man) was created conformably, or with an adaptation or a disposition, to the thing: (see 1 in art. طبع:) so too in the phrase in the Kur xxiv. last verse, قَدْ يَعْلَمُ مَا أَنْتُمْ عَلَيْهِ Certainly He knoweth that state of conduct and mind to which ye are conforming yourselves; and in many other passages therein: thus also in the saying of Mohammad, كُلُّ مَوْلُودٍ يُولَدُ عَلَى

الفِطْرةِ Every infant is born in a state of conformity to the natural constitution with which he is created in his mother's womb in relation to the soul; (see art. فطر;) and in the prov., mentioned by Meyd, النَّاسُ عَلَى دِينِ المُلُوكِ The people are in conformity to, i. e. are followers of, or follow, the religion of the kings; and in the phrase, relating to a saying or an opinion, عَلَيْهِ أَكْثَرُ العُلَمَآءِ Upon it most of the learned are in agreement; in which, as in other exs. of the same kind, a verb or a part. n., (in the last, for instance, مُجْمِعُونَ or the like,) is understood. b8: It also denotes a condition; as in the phrases, صَالَحَهُ عَلَى كَذَا He made peace, or reconciliation, or a compromise, with him on the condition of such a thing, and عَلَى أَنْ يَفْعَلَ كَذَا on the condition of his doing such a thing. b9: And there are various other usages of this prep. depending upon verbs or part. ns. expressed or obviously understood in connection with them, too numerous to be here collected. Many of these will be found among the explanations of words with which they occur.] b10: It is also used in the sense of مِنْ; as in the saying, إِذَا اكْتَالُوا عَلَى النَّاسِ يَسْتَوْفُونَ, (S, Mughnee, K,) in the Kur [lxxxiii. 2], meaning, مِنَ النَّاسِ [i. e. Who, when they take by measure from men, take fully], (S,) or, as in the T, عَنِ النَّاسِ [which signifies the same]. (TA.) b11: It is also used in the sense of بِ; (S, Mughnee, K;) as in the saying in the Kur [vii. 103], عَلَى أنْ لَا أَقُولَ عَلَى اللّٰهِ إِلَّا الْحَقَّ, (Mughnee, K, *) meaning بِأَنْ, (TA,) [i. e. That I should not say of God aught save the truth,] and Ubeí read with ب [i. e. بِأَنْ]; (Bd, Mughnee;) like as they say, رَمَيْتُ عَلَى القَوْسِ [meaning بِالقَوْسِ, i. e. I shot with the bow], and جِئْتُ عَلَى حَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ [meaning بِحَالٍ حَسَنَةٍ, i. e. I came in a good condition]; (Bd; [in which, and also voce حَقِيقٌ, last sentence, see more;]) and they said also, اِرْكَبْ عَلَى اسْمِ اللّٰهِ [meaning, بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ, i. e. Mount thou in the name of God]: (Mughnee:) thus [too] it is used in the saying of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, يَسَرٌ يُفِيضُ عَلَى القِدَاحِ وَيَصْدَعُ [expl. in art. فيض, conj. 4,] meaning بِالقِدَاحِ: (S:) [and in the phrase عَلَى يَدِهِ i. e. By his hand, or (assumed tropical:) by his means.] b12: It is also used to denote an emendation, (Mughnee, K,) and a digression, or transition, (Mughnee,) like لٰكِنَّ; (TA;) as in the saying, فُلَانٌ لَا يَدْخُلُ الجَنَّةَ لِسُوءِ صَنِيعِهِ, (Mughnee,) or فُلَانٌ جَهَنَّمِىٌّ, (K,) عَلَى أَنَّهُ لَا يّيْأَسُ مِنْ رَحْمةِ اللّٰهِ, (Mughnee, K,) meaning لٰكِنَّهُ [i. e. Such a one will not enter Paradise, because of the evilness of his deed, or conduct, or such a one is hell-doomed; but, or yet, he will not despair of the mercy of God]: (TA:) and thus it is used in the saying, بِكُلٍّ تَدَاوَيْنَا فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ خَيْرٌ مِنَ البُعْدِ عَلَى أَنَّ قُرْبَ الدَّارِ لَيْسَ بِنَافِعٍ

إِذَا كَانَ مَنْ تَهْوَاهُ لِيْسَ بِذِى وَدِّ [With everything we treated, or have treated, ourselves curatively, and what was in us was not, or has not been, healed; but the nearness of the abode is better than the remoteness; but the nearness of the abode is not profitable when the person whom thou lovest is not endued with affection]: the poet invalidates by the first عَلَى his saying فَلَمْ يُشْفَ مَا بِنَا; and then, by the second عَلَى, the clause immediately preceding it. (Mughnee.) b13: It is also redundant, for the purpose of compensation; as in the saying, إِنَّ الكَرِيمَ وَأَبِيكَ يَعْتَمِلْ

إِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ يَوْمًا عَلَى مَنْ يَتَّكِلْ meaning مَنْ يَتَّكِلُ عَلَيْهِ [i. e. Verily the generous, by thy father, will work for himself when he finds not, some day, him upon whom he may rely]; عَلَى being added before مَنْ for the purpose of compensation [for its omission in its proper place]: (Mughnee, K:) Es-Subkee says, it may be redundant, as in the saying, لَا أَحْلِفُ عَلَى يَمِينٍ, meaning لا احلف يَمِينًا [i. e. I will not swear an oath]. (TA.) A2: It is also a noun, having the meaning of فَوْق [i. e. The location that is above, or over], this being the case when it is immediately followed by مِنْ; (S, Msb, Mughnee, K; *) as in the saying (of Muzáhim-El-'Okeylee, describing a قَطَاة [or sand-grouse, and, afterwards, its making a rumbling sound in its inside, from thirst], TA), غَدَتْ مِنْ عَلَيْهِ بِعْدَ مَا تَمَّ ظِمْؤُهَا [It went away in the early morning from the location above it, (or, as we say, from above it,) after that her interval between two comings to water was complete]: (Msb, Mughnee, K: [and a similar ex. is cited in the S:]) or, accord. to As, meaning مِنْ عِنْدِهِ [from its vicinage]: and, used in this sense, as a noun, it admits before it no other prep. than مِنْ. (Msb.) A3: عَلَيْكَ is also a verbal noun, used as an incentive: (TA:) you say, عَلَيْكَ زَيْدًا, (S, K, TA,) and بِزَيْدٍ, (TA,) meaning Take thou Zeyd; or take thou hold of Zeyd: (S, TA:) or keep thou, or cleave thou, to Zeyd: (K, TA:) and عَلَيْكَ بِكَذَا keep thou to such a thing: (El-Munáwee, TA in art. ب:) [thus] it is said in a trad., عَلَيْكَ باِلرِّفْقِ [Keep thou to gentleness]. (El-Jámi' es-Sagheer.) b2: And [in like manner] you say, عَلَىَّ زَيْدًا, and بِزَيْدٍ, meaning Give thou me, or present thou to me, Zeyd: (S, TA:) [or, more commonly, bring thou to me Zeyd:] you say, عَلَىَّ بِكَذَا, meaning bring thou to me such a thing. (MA.) عُلًى: see عَلَآءٌ. b2: [It is also pl. of عُلْيَا, fem. of أَعْلَى, q. v.]

عَلَاةٌ The سِنْدَان [or anvil], (S, Mgh, K, TA,) whether of شجر [app. meaning of such as are made from trees, or perhaps this is a mistranscription for صَخْر, i. e. rock], or of iron; or the زُبْرَة [i. e. iron anvil] upon which the blacksmith beats iron: (TA:) pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.]

↓ عَلًا. (S.) b2: Hence it is applied to a she-camel, as being likened thereto in respect of her hardness: you say نَاقَةٌ عَلَاةُ الخَلْقِ (assumed tropical:) [A she-camel hard, or firm, in respect of make]: (S:) or عَلَاةٌ thus applied signifies tall, or overtopping; as also ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ: (K, TA:) or ↓ عِلْيَانٌ, (TA,) or ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, (S,) and ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ, (TA,) signify, thus applied, tall and bulky; (S, TA;) or, as some say, outstripping in pace or journeying; never seen otherwise than before the other camels. (TA.) b3: Also A stone [placed upon two other stones called حِمَارَانِ (q. v.)] upon which is put [to dry the preparation of curd called] أَقِط: (S, K, TA:) or, as some say, a piece of rock upon which is made a circle of أَخْثَآء [or lumps of dung such as is called خِثْى (q. v.)] and bricks, or crude bricks, (لَبِن,) and ashes, and in, or upon, which أَقَط is then cooked: pl. [or coll. gen. n.] as above. (TA.) b4: And A thing like the [milking-vessel called] عُلْبَة, around which [dung such as is called]

خِثْى is put, and which is used for milking therein. (K.) عِلْوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ.

عِلْيَةٌ: see عَلِىٌّ [of which it is said to be pl.].

عَلْوَى, accord. to IAar, [and so in my MS. copy of the K,] but accord. to [other copies of] the K ↓ عَلْوَآءُ, (TA,) i. q: قِصَّةٌ عَالِيَةٌ [app. A story, or an affair, of a high quality]. (K, TA. [See also عَلْيَآءُ.]) عَلْوَآءُ: see what next precedes.

عَلْيَآءُ A high place; (IAth, K, TA;) a subst. in this sense, not [an epithet syn. with عُلْيَا] fem. of أَعْلَى; for if it were this, it would [by rule] be necessarily determinate; (IAth, TA;) [though] it is sometimes used as syn. with عُلْيَا, see أَعْلَى: (Msb:) any high, or overtopping, place: (S, Msb:) this is its primary meaning: (Msb:) and [in like manner] ↓ عَلَايَةٌ signifies any high, or lofty, place; as also ↓ عَلْىٌ. (K.) And Any high thing. (K.) The head of a mountain: (K, TA:) or the head of any high, or overtopping, mountain. (TA.) And العَلْيَآءُ signifies The sky: (K, TA:) a subst., not an epithet. (TA.) مَا زَالَ مِنْهَا بِعَلْيَآءَ means He ceased not to be ennobled, and elevated in rank, or dignity, in consequence of it; i. e., a deed that he had done. (As, TA in art. بعل.) b2: Also (tropical:) A high, or an eminent, deed. (K, TA.) عُلْوِىٌّ: see عَالِىٌّ.

عُلْوَانٌ of a book or writing, The عُنْوَان thereof; (S, Msb, K, * TA;) i. e. its superscription, or title; syn. سِمَةٌ. (TA.) [See arts. عن and عنو.]

عَلْيَانٌ: see the next paragraph: and see also عَلَاةٌ.

عِلْيَانٌ, with kesr, (K, TA,) thus accord. to Az and ISd, but accord. to J, [in the S,] ↓ عَلْيَانٌ, like عَطْشَانٌ [in measure] Tall and corpulent, applied to a man, (S, TA,) and likewise to a woman: (TA:) or bulky: and tall: (K:) or bulky and tall, applied to a man and to a camel; fem. with ة: or, applied to a camel, old and bulky. (TA.) See also عَلَاةٌ, in two places. b2: Also, عِلْيَانٌ, The male hyena: (K, TA:) or a tall hyena. (TA.) b3: And A high, or loud, voice, as also ↓ عِلِّيَانٌ. (K.) A2: And Household-goods, or furniture and utensils; syn. مَتَاعٌ. (TA, as from the K; and TK; but not in my MS. copy of the K, nor in the CK.) عَلَآءٌ inf. n. of عَلِىَ (S, Mgh, Msb) in the phrase عَلِىَ فِى الشَّرَفِ (S, Mgh) or فِى المَكَارِمِ: (Msb:) and [used as a simple subst.] it signifies High, or elevated, rank or station; or eminence, or nobility; (K;) as also ↓ عُلًى, and ↓ مَعْلَاةٌ; (S;) or this last signifies the acquisition of high, or elevated, rank or station, or of eminence, or nobility; (K;) [or, agreeably with analogy, a cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.; being originally مَعْلَوَةٌ, of the measure مَفْعَلَةٌ, like مَبْخَلَةٌ and مَجْبَنَةٌ &c.;] and its pl. is مَعَالٍ, (S, Msb,) whence مَعَالِى الأُمُورِ i. e. مكتسب الشرف [a strange explanation of a pl. by a sing., app. meaning (the affairs, or actions, that are) the cause, or means, of acquiring high, or elevated, rank &c.]. (Msb.) b2: أَبُو العَلَآءِ [is a name for The kind of sweet food called] الفَالُوذَجُ [and الفَالُوذُ, q. v.]. (Har pp. 228.) عَلُوٌّ, like عَدُوٌّ [in measure], an epithet used in the phrase رَجُلٌ عَلُوٌّ لِلرِّجَالِ [app. meaning A man wont to exalt himself to other men]. (TA.) عُلُوٌّ: [see 1, of which it is an inf. n., and] see عِلِىٌّ.

عَلِىٌّ High, elevated, or lofty; (S, K;) applied to a thing; (K;) [and] so ↓ عَالٍ: (Msb:) so, too, the former, [and more commonly so,] in respect of rank, condition, or state; eminent, or noble: and ↓ عِلْيَةٌ is a pl. thereof in the latter sense; like as صِبْيَةٌ is of صَبِىٌّ; [or, as some hold a word of this form and class to be, a quasi-pl. n.;] as in the saying, فُلَانٌ مِنْ عِلْيَةِ النَّاسِ [Such a one is of the high in rank, &c., of men]; (S;) or عِلْيَةٌ, as also ↓ عِلْىٌ, [which latter is of a form proper to quasi-pl. ns. by common consent,] signifies the great in respect of estimation, rank, or dignity, of men, thus used in a pl. sense. (K.) b2: It signifies also Strong, robust, or powerful: (K, TA:) and hence it is used as a proper name of a man; (K, * TA;) and it may be also from the meaning of highness of rank &c., eminence, or nobility. (TA.) b3: العَلِىُّ as a name of God signifies [The High: or the Most High, like ↓ الأَعْلَى; i. e.] He above whom is nothing. (TA.) b4: عَلِيُّونَ [is also a pl. of عَلِىٌّ, and] signifies Persons alighting, or abiding, in the high parts of a country; in this sense opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ: b5: and it signifies also Persons having opulence, and eminence, or nobility; in this sense likewise opposed to سُفْلِيُّونَ. (TA.) b6: عَلِيَّةٌ applied to a she-camel means Having strength to bear her burden; as also ↓ مُعْتَلِيَةٌ and ↓ مُسْتَعْلِيَةٌ: and you say نَاقَةٌ حَلِيَّةٌ عَلِيَّةٌ, the former epithet meaning pleasing in appearance and pace, and عالية [an evident mistranscription for عَلِيَّةٌ] meaning excelling. (TA.) b7: And one says, فُلَانٌ هَيىْءٌ عَلِىٌّ, meaning [Such a one is a person of goodly form or aspect or the like,] one who acts effeminately to women. (TA.) عِلِىٌّ i. q. ↓ عُلُوٌّ [an inf. n. of 1, q. v.]. (K, TA.) Hence the reading of Ibn-Mes'ood [in the Kur xxvii. 14], ظُلْمًا وَعِلِيًّا [By reason of wrongfulness and self-exaltation]. (TA.) عُلَاوَةٌ: see عُلْوٌ. b2: عُلَاوَةُ الرِّيحِ means The windward side; the side, or quarter, from which the wind blows; with respect to the game, or object of the chase; (S, TA;) and with respect to a man: (TA:) opposed to سُفَالَتُهَا. (S, Msb, * TA.) [See 1, last quarter.]

عِلَاوَةٌ Anything that one has raised and put, (S,) or a thing that one has hung, upon a camel, after the loading him (S, Mgh, Msb) completely, such as the water-skin and the سَفُّود [q. v.], (S,) or such as the [small leathern water-bag called] إِدَاوَة and the سُفْرَة [q. v.]: (Mgh, Msb:) or a thing that is put between the two equiponderant burdens, (K, TA,) after the binding of them upon the camel or other animal: (TA:) pl. عَلَاوَى, (S,) or عِلَاوَاتٌ. (Msb.) b2: Also A superaddition of anything; as meaning something added. (K, TA.) One says, أَعْطَاهُ أَلْفَ دِينَارٍ وَدِينَار عِلَاوَة [as though the phrase were, وَدِينَارَ عِلَاوَة, but the right reading is app. وَدِينَارًا عِلَاوَةً, i. e. He gave him a thousand deenárs, and a deenár as a superaddition, or over and above]. (TA.) b3: And (assumed tropical:) The upper, or uppermost, part of the head, or of the neck: (K:) or the head of a human being as long as it remains upon the neck: one says, ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَتَهُ i. e. رَأْسَهُ (assumed tropical:) [He smote his head, app. meaning he beheaded him]: (S:) or ضَرَبَ عِلَاوَةَ رَأْسِهِ, which is tropical: (Mgh:) and سَبَتَ عِلَاوَتَهُ (assumed tropical:) he smote his neck [so as to decapitate him]: (S and M in art. سبت:) and سُبِتَتْ عِلَاوَتُهُ (tropical:) His head was cut off; a tropical phrase. (A in that art.) عَلَايَةٌ: see عَلْيَآءُ.

عِلِّيَانٌ: see عَلَاةٌ, in two places: b2: and عِلْيَانٌ.

عِلِّىٌّ: see عِلِّيُّونَ.

عُلِّيَّةٌ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) the ل, which is meksoorah, being with teshdeed, as is also the ى, (TA,) of the measure فُعِّيلَةٌ, like مُرِّيقَةٌ [n. un. of مُرِّيقٌ], (S,) originally عُلِّيوَةٌ, (S, Msb,) from عَلَوْتُ; (S;) and عِلِّيَّةٌ, with kesr, (S, Msb, K,) of the measure فِعِّيلَةٌ; or, as some say, from a reduplicate root, and of the measure فُعْلِيَّةٌ; adding that there is no instance of فُعِّيلَةٌ in the language; (S;) [therefore it is also mentioned in art. عل;] An upper chamber; or a chamber in the upper, or uppermost, story; syn. غُرْفَةٌ: (S, Msb, K:) pl. عَلَالِىُّ. (S, Msb, K.) b2: And عِلِّيَّةٌ, it is said, may signify also The board upon which is placed the مِعْيَار [or assay-balance]. (Har p. 550.) b3: See also the next paragraph.

عِلِّيُّونَ, [said to be] a pl. of which the sing. is ↓ عِلِّىٌّ, (K and TA in this art. and in art. عل,) or ↓ عِلِّيَّةٌ or عُلِّيَّةٌ, or a pl. having no sing., (K and TA in art. عل,) [or rather it is from a Hebr. word, as I have stated in art. عل,] A place in the Seventh Heaven, to which ascend the souls of the believers: (K, TA:) or the highest of the places: or a certain thing above another thing; [a word] of which the sing. is not known, nor the fem.: or loftiness above loftiness: or the Seventh Heaven [altogether]: or the دِيوَان [or register, or place of reckoning,] of the guardian angels, to which are brought up the reports of the deeds of the righteous: (TA:) or Paradise: or the right leg [or pillar] of the عَرْش [which is vulgarly held to mean the throne of God]: or [the lote-tree called] سِدْرَةُ المُنْتَهَى [respecting which see art. سدر]. (Har p. 5.) [See also other explanations in art. عل.]

عَالٍ: see عَلِىٌّ. b2: [Hence,] رَجُلٌ عَالِى الكَعْبِ (assumed tropical:) A man who is elevated, exalted, eminent, or noble. (K. [See also كَعْبٌ.]) It is said in a trad. respecting Keyleh, لَا يَزَالُ كَعْبُكِ عَالَيًا, meaning May thou not cease to be elevated, or noble; exalted above such as treats, or regards, thee with enmity. (TA.) b3: مِنْ عَالٍ signifies the same as مِنْ عَلِ, q. v. (S, K.) b4: عَالِيَةُ الدَّمِ, said of the حَائِض, means One whose blood rises above the water. (TA.) b5: [عَالٍ applied to a word, or form of word, signifies (assumed tropical:) Of high authority, approved, or chaste: and hence, usual, or common: see أَعْلَى.]

A2: See also عَائِلٌ, in art. عول.

عَالِيَةٌ [a subst. from عَالٍ, rendered such by the affix ة]: see عُلْوٌ. b2: Also [particularly] The upper portion of the spear-shaft; (K, TA;) سَافِلَةٌ signifying the “ lower portion ” thereof: (TA:) or the head (رأس) thereof: or the half that is next to the iron head: (K, TA:) or the part, of the spear, that is below the iron head: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the portion, of the spear, that enters the iron head, extending to the third part thereof [i. e. of the shaft; so that it signifies the uppermost of the three equal portions of the shaft]: (S, TA:) pl. عَوَالٍ, which some explain as meaning the iron heads of spears. (TA. [See an ex. of the pl. in a verse cited voce زُجٌّ.]) Also A straight spear-shaft. (TA.) b3: And The [upper] part, of a valley, whence the water thereof descends. (TA.) b4: العَالِيَةُ, also, is The region above Nejd, extending to the land of Tihámeh, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) and to the part behind Mekkeh, (S, K,) i. e. [to] El-Hijáz and what is next to it: (S:) and it is said that the عَالِيَة of El-Hijáz is the higher and more elevated part thereof, forming a wide extent of country. (TA.) And [its pl.] العَوَالِى, (K, TA,) as also العَالِيَةُ, (TA,) is applied to Certain towns, or villages, in the exterior of El-Medeeneh, (K, TA,) the nearest four miles distant from it, and the most distant, in the direction of Nejd, eight. (TA.) عَالِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the region called العَالِيَة; (S, K;) and so ↓ عُلْوِىٌّ, (S, Msb, K,) with damm, (Msb, K,) which is anomalous. (S, Msb, K.) أَعْلَى Higher, and highest; contr. of أَسْفَلُ: (M and Msb and K in art. سفل:) the fem. is عُلْيَا; (TA;) which is like دُنْيَا and قُصْيَا, with و changed into ى; (ISd, TA voce بُقْوَى;) and of which the pl. is عُلًى, like as كُبَرٌ is of كُبْرَى. (Msb, TA.) See عَلِىٌّ. b2: One says شَفَةٌ عُلْيَا and ↓ عَلْيَآءُ, but the former is the more usual, meaning An upper lip. (IAmb, Msb, TA.) b3: عُلْيَا مُضَرَ means The higher [app. in respect of territory (see a note in p. xi. of the preface to this work)] of Mudar; (K, TA;) said to denote Kureysh and Keys; the rest being called سُفْلَى مُضَرَ. (TA.) b4: And one says, جَآءَ مِنْ أَعْلَى وَأرْوَحَ, meaning It came from the sky and the place whence the wind blows. (TA.) b5: أَعْلَى applied to a word, or form of word, means (assumed tropical:) [Of higher authority, more approved, or more chaste; and also, hence, as frequency of usage is a necessary condition of فَصَاحَةٌ, q. v.,] more usual or common. (M and TA in art. قر.) b6: One says also, هُمْ بِهِمْ أَعْلَى

عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) They are most knowing respecting them, and most acquainted with their state, or condition. (TA.) b7: And هُوَ أَعْلَى بِكُمْ عَيْنًا i. e. (assumed tropical:) He is in the highest degree a magnifier, or honourer, of you; ye being greatly esteemed by him. (TA.) b8: اليَدُ العُلْيَا (assumed tropical:) The abstinent, or chaste, hand: or the expending, or disbursing, hand. (TA.) A2: أَعْلَى

formed by transposition from أَعُوَلُ: see the latter, in art. عول.

مَعْلَاةٌ: see عَلَآءٌ.

المُعَلَّى The seventh of the arrows of the game called المَيْسِر; (As, A'Obeyd, S, M, Mgh, K;) the most excellent of them; it has seven notches; and it obtains seven shares [of the slaughtered camel] when it wins, and occasions the imposition of seven fines when it does not win. (M, TA.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce رَقِيبٌ.]

المُعَلِّى: see 2. b2: Also He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from the direction of her left side: (S, K:) or the she-camel has two milkers; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker [thus standing on the left side] is called المُعْلِّى and ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى; and the holder, البَائِنُ: thus in the M: or ↓ المُسْتَعْلِى is he who stands on the left side of the milch beast: or he who takes the milking-vessel with his left hand and milks with his right hand: or he who milks from the left side. (TA.) أَرْضٌ مُعْلَوْلِيَةٌ: see مُغْلَوْلِيَةٌ, in art. غلو.

أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ مُعَالٍ: see أَتَيْتُهُ مِنْ عَلِ.

مُعْتَلٍ (assumed tropical:) Having ability, or power; as also ↓ مُسْتَعْلٍ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] المُعْتَلِى signifies (assumed tropical:) The lion; (K, TA;) because of his strength. (TA.) b3: See also عَلِىٌّ, last quarter.

A2: هُوَ غَيْرُ مُعْتَلٍ فِى الأَمْرِ means He is not one who falls short, or falls short of doing what is requisite, or who is remiss, in the affair; like غَيْرُ مُؤْتَلٍ. (TA.) المُتَعَالِى, as a name of God, He who is great, or supremely great, above the lie [or lying imputation] of the forgers of falsehood: or the High: and the Most high; who is higher than every [other] high one: (TA:) or He who has ascendency over everything by his power: or He who is great, and exalted, or supremely exalted, above [the ascription of] the attributes of the created beings. (Ksh, Bd.) مُسْتَعْلًى The near, i. e. left, side of a she-camel: you say, أَتَيْتُ النَّاقَةَ مِنع قِبَلِ مُسْتَعْلَاهَا i. e. مِنْ قِبَلِ إِنْسِيِّهَا [I came to the she-camel from the direction of her near, or left, side]. (TA.) مُسْتَعْلٍ: see مُعْتَلٍ; and عَلِىٌّ, last quarter: b2: and see also المُعَلِّى, in two places. b3: اليَدُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ means (assumed tropical:) The hand of him who takes by force, and of the plunderer, and the like: opposed to اليَدُ المُسْتَخْفِيَةُ: the Sunneh ordains that the latter shall be cut off [except in certain cases] but not the former. (TA in art. خقى.) b4: الحُرُوفُ المُسْتَعْلِيَةُ [The high, or elevated, letters] are خ, ص, ض, ط, ظ, غ, and ق; (K, TA;) in which is a rising [of the tongue] to the palate; with إِطْبَاق [of the tongue (see 4 in art. طبق)] except in خ and غ and ق: opposed to المُنْخَفِضَةُ. (TA.)

رحل

1 رَحَلَ البَعِيرَ, aor. ـَ (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. رَحْلٌ, (S, Msb,) [He saddled the camel;] he bound, (S, Mgh, Msb,) or put, (M, K,) the رَحْل upon the camel; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) as also ↓ ارتحلهُ. (K.) And رَحَلَهُ رَحْلَهُ He bound upon him his apparatus. (TA.) b2: Also, aor. and inf. n. as above, He mounted the camel: (T, TA:) and البَعِيرَ ↓ اِرْتَحَلْتُ I rode the camel, either with a قَتَب [or saddle] or upon his bare back. (Sh, TA.) b3: [Both of these verbs are also used tropically.] You say, رَحَلْتُ لَهُ نَفْسِى

[lit. I saddled for him myself;] meaning (assumed tropical:) I endured patiently his annoyance, or molestation. (S.) And رَحَلَ فُلَانٌ صَاحِبَهُ بِمَا يَكْرَهُ (assumed tropical:) [Such a one put upon, or did to, his companion that which he disliked, or hated]. (TA.) And [in like manner] ↓ ترحّلهُ means رَكِبَهُ بِمَكْرُوهٍ (tropical:) [He did to him an evil, or abominable, or odious, deed]. (K, TA.) And رَحَلَهُ بِسَيْفِهِ (tropical:) He smote him with his sword. (K, TA.) b4: And رَحَلَ فُلَانٌ فُلَانًا (assumed tropical:) Such a one mounted upon the back of such a one; as also عَلَى ظَهْرِهِ ↓ ارتحلهُ; [and ارتحلهُ alone; for] it is said in a trad., ↓ إِنَّ ابْنِى ارْتَحَلَنِى, meaning (assumed tropical:) Verily my son mounted upon my back, making me like the رَاحِلَة: (TA:) and if a man throws down another prostrate, and sits upon his back, you say, رَأَيْتُهُ مُرْتَحِلَهُ (assumed tropical:) [I saw him sitting upon his back]. (Sh, TA.) And [hence] ↓ ارتحل الأَمْرَ (assumed tropical:) He embarked in the affair. (TA.) and فُلَانٌ أَمْرًا مَا يُطِيقُهُ ↓ ارتحل (assumed tropical:) [Such a one embarked, or has embarked, in an affair which he is unable to accomplish]. (TA.) and الحُمَّى ↓ اِرْتَحَلَتْهُ (assumed tropical:) [The fever continued upon him]; a phrase similar to رَكِبَتْهُ الحمّى and اِمْتَطَتْهُ and أَغْبَطَتْهُ. (A and TA in art. غبط.) A2: رَحَلَ (S, Mgh, Msb, K) عَنِ المَكَانِ, (TA,) or عَنِ البَلَدِ, (Mgh, Msb,) aor. ـَ (K,) inf. n. رَحْلٌ, (TA,) or رَحِيلٌ, (Msb,) or this latter is a simple subst.; (S, K, TA;) and ↓ ارتحل, and ↓ ترِحّل, (S, Msb, K,) عَنِ المَكَانِ, (K,) or عَنِ القَوْمِ; (Msb;) all signify the same; (S, Msb;) He removed, (Mgh, K, TA,) went, went away, departed, went forth, or journeyed, (Mgh, TA,) from the place, (K, TA,) or from the country or the like, (Mgh, Msb,.) or from the people. (Msb.) See an ex. of the first of these verbs in a verse cited in the next paragraph. ↓ ارتحل said of a camel, (K,) or ارتحل رَحْلَهُ, (TA,) signifies He journeyed, and went away: (K, TA:) [or he had his saddle put upon him:] and hence, ↓ ارتحل القَوْمُ The people, or party, removed. (TA.) b2: رَحَلَ بِهِ: see 2.2 رَحَّلْتُهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَرْحِيلٌ; (K;) and ↓ أَرْحَلْتُهُ (Mgh;) I made him to remove, to go, go away, go forth, or journey, (S, Mgh, Msb, * K, *) from his place; and sent him [away]: (S:) and [in like manner] بِهِ ↓ رَحَلَ he made him to remove, go away, depart, or journey: (L in art. خذرف:) and ↓ الاِرْتِحَالُ [if not a mistranscription for الإِرْحَالُ] signifies the making [one] to go, go away, depart, go forth, or journey; and the removing from one's place. (TA.) A poet says, الشَّيْبُ عَنْ دَارٍ يَحُلُّ بِهَا ↓ لَا يَرْحَلُ حَتَّى يُرَحَّلَ عَنْهَا صَاحِبُ الدَّارِ [(assumed tropical:) Hoariness will not depart from a dwelling in which it alights until the owner of the dwelling be made to depart from it]. (TA.) And it is said in a trad. that, at the approach of the hour [of resurrection], النَّاسَ ↓ تَخْرُجُ نَارٌ مِنْ عَدَنَ تُرْحِلُ, i.e. [A fire shall issue from 'Adan] that shall remove with the people when they remove, and alight with them when they alight: so says EshShaabee; or, Sh says, as some relate it, تُرَحِّلُ النَّاسَ, i.e. that shall make the people to alight at the مَرَاحِل [or stations]: or, as some say, that shall make the people to remove, or depart. (TA.) A2: تَرْحِيلٌ also signifies The figuring, or embellishing, of garments or cloths [with the forms of رِحَال, or camels' saddles: see مُرَحَّلٌ]. (TA.) 3 راحلهُ, (S, K,) inf. n. مُرَاحَلَةٌ, (TA,) He aided him to undertake, or perform, his رِحْلَة [or journey]. (S, K.) 4 ارحل He broke, or trained, a she-camel, so that she became such as is termed رَاحِلَة, meaning fit to be saddled; (K;) like أَمْهَرَ meaning “ he (a breaker, or trainer,) rendered ” her “ a مَهْرِيَّة: ” (TA:) or he took a camel in an untractable state and rendered him such as is termed رَاحِلَة. (Az, TA.) b2: And ارحلهُ He gave him a رَاحِلَة, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) that he might ride it. (TA.) b3: See also 2, in two places.

A2: He (a camel) became strong in his back, [so as to be fit for the رَحْل (or saddle) or for journeying,] after weakness: (IDrd, K:) or he (a camel) became fat; as though there came [what resembled] a رَحْل upon his back, by reason of his fatness and his [large] hump: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and ارحلت الإِبِلُ The camels became fat after leanness, so as to be able to journey. (S K.) b2: And He (a man, TA) had many [camels such as are termed]

رَوَاحِل [pl. of رَاحِلَةٌ]; (ISd, K;) like أَعْرَبَ meaning “ he had horses such as are termed عِرَاب ” (ISd, TA.) 5 تَرَحَّلَ trans. and intrans.: see 1, in two places.6 تراحلوا إِلَى الحَكَمِ They went, or journeyed, [together] to the حَكَم [or judge]. (O, TA.) 8 إِرْتَحَلَ as a trans. v.; see 1, in seven places: b2: and see also 2: b3: and as an intrans. v.; see 1, in the latter part of the paragraph, in three places.10 استرحلهُ i. q. سَأَلَهُ أَنْ يَرْحَلَ لَهُ [which may be rendered He asked him to remove, or journey, to him: and also he asked him to bind, or put, the رَحْل (or saddle of the camel) for him: the former is the meaning accord. to the PS]. (S, O, K.) b2: استرحل النَّاسَ نَفْسَهُ means (assumed tropical:) He abased himself to men, or to the people, so that they annoyed, or molested, him: or, as some say, he asked men, or the people, to take off from him his weight, or burden. (TA.) رَحْلٌ A saddle for a camel; (S, * K;) as also ↓ رَاحُولٌ; (O, L, K;) for a he-camel and a she-camel; (TA;) the thing for the camel that is like the سَرْج for the horse or similar beast; (Mgh;) the thing that is put upon the camel for the purpose of riding thereon; (Er-Rághib, TA;) smaller than the قَتَب; (S, TA;) one of the vehicles of men, exclusively of women: (TA:) [this seems to be regarded as the primary signification by the authors of the Mgh and the K and by Er-Rághib: but see what follows:] or it signifies the camel's saddle together with his [girths called] رَبَض and حَقَب and his [cloth called] حِلْس [that is put beneath the saddle], and all its other appertenances: and is applied also to the pieces of wood of the رَحْل, without any apparatus: (AO, Sh, TA:) or it signifies anything, or everything, that a man prepares for removing, or journeying; such as a bag, or receptacle, for goods or utensils or apparatus, and a camel's saddle, and a [cloth such as is called] حِلْس [that is put beneath the saddle], and a رَسَن [or rope for leading his camel]: (Msb:) or it signifies as first explained above, and also the goods, or utensils, or apparatus, which a man takes with him [during a journey]: (S, K, TA:) [but accord. to the Msb, this signification is from another, mentioned below; and the same seems to be indicated in the S, which reverses the order in which I have mentioned the three significations that I quote from it:] this last signification is disapproved by El-Hareeree, in the “ Durrat el-Ghowwás: ” [but see two exs. voce حُذَافَةٌ:] the pl. is أَرْحُلٌ and رِحَالٌ; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) the former a pl. of pauc.; (S, TA;) the latter, of mult. (TA.) One says, حَطَّ رَحْلَهُ and أَلْقَى رَحْلَهُ [He put down his camel's saddle]; meaning he stayed, or abode. (TA.) And هٰذَا مَحَطُّ الرِّحَالِ [This is the place where the camels' saddles are put down]. (TA.) And in reviling, one says, يَا ابْنَ مُلْقَىأَرْحُلِ الرُّكْبَانِ [O son of the place in which are thrown down the camels' saddles of the riders; as though the person thus addressed were there begotten]; (S, O, TA;) meaning يَا ابْنَ الفَاجِرَةِ [O son of the adulteress or fornicatress]: (TA in art. لقى:) or هُوَ ابن ملقى ارحل الركبان [He is the son &c.]. (Msb.) b2: Er-Rághib, after giving the explanation mentioned as on his authority above, says that it is then sometimes applied to The camel [itself]: and is sometimes used in the sense next following; i. e. b3: A part, of a place of alighting or abode, upon which on sits: (TA:) or a man's dwelling, or habitation; (S, K, TA;) [in the first of which, this commences the art., app. showing that the author held this to be the primary signification;]) his house or tent; and his place of alighting or abode: (TA:) a place to which a man betakes himself, or repairs, for lodging, covert, or refuge; a man's place of resort; (Mgh, Msb;) in a region, district, or tract, of cities, towns, or villages, and of cultivated land: and then applied to the goods, utensils, or apparatus, of a traveller; because they are, in travelling, the things to which he betakes himself: (Msb:) pl. أَرْحُلٌ (TA) and رِحَالٌ [as above]. (Mgh, TA.) One says, دَخَلْتُ عَلَى الرَّجُلِ رَحْلَهُ, i. e. [I went in to the man in] his dwelling, or place of abode. (TA.) And it is said in a trad., إِذَا ابْتَلَّتِ النِّعَالُ فَصَلُّوا فِى الرِّحَالِ, (TA,) or فِىلصَّلَاةُ فِى الرِّحَالِ, (Mgh, and so in the TA in art. نعل,) i. e. [When the نِعَال are moistened by rain, then pray ye, or then prayer shall be performed,] in the houses, or habitations, or places of abode; the نعال meaning here the حِرَار; (IAth, TA in the present art.;) or rugged and hard tracts of ground; which are here particularized because the least wet moistens them, whereas the soft tracts dry up the water: (IAth, TA in art. نعل:) Az says that the meaning is, when the hard grounds are rained upon, they become slippery to him who walks upon them; therefore pray ye in your abodes, and there shall not be anything brought against you for your not being present at the prayer in the mosques of the congregations: (TA in that art.:) or the trad. may mean, then pray ye [on the camels' saddles, i. e.] riding. (TA in the present art.) b4: In another trad., it is related that 'Omar said to the Prophet, حَوَّلْتُ رَحْلِىَ البَارِحَةَ; by the word رَحْل, as signifying [properly] either the “ place of abode and resort ” or the “ saddle upon which camels are ridden,” alluding to his wife; meaning غِشْيَانُهَا فِى قُبُلِهَا مِنْ جِهَةِ ظَهْرِهَا (TA.) b5: رَحْلُ المُصْحَفِ means The thing [or desk] upon which the مصحف [or copy of the Kur-án] is put, in shape [somewhat] like the saddle. (TA.) [It is generally a small desk of which the front and back have the form of the letter X; commonly made of palm-sticks.]

A2: [The pl.]

رَحَالٌ also signifies [Carpets, or cloths, or the like, such as are called] طَنَافِس, of the fabric of El-Heereh. (S, K.) رُحْلَةٌ Strength; [app. in a camel, such as renders fit for the saddle, or for journeying;] and fleetness, or swiftness, and excellence: (TA:) [and ↓ رِحْلَةٌ has a similar meaning, as appears from what follows:] or excellence of pace of a camel. (S voce حِضَارٌ.) You say بَعِيرٌ ذُو رُحْلَةٍ and ↓ رِحْلَةٍ, and ↓ مِرْحَلٌ, like مِنْبَرٌ, (K,) or ↓ مُرْحِلٌ, and ↓ رَحِيلٌ, so in the T, (TA,) A strong he-camel: (T, K:) and (so in the K [but properly “ or ”]) بعير ذو رُحْلَةٍ (CK) or ↓ رِحْلَةٍ (K accord. to the TA) or both, and ↓ مِرْحَلٌ, with kesr to the م (O,) and ↓ جَمَلٌ رَحِيلٌ, (AA, S, S, O, K, TA,) and ↓ نَاقَةٌ رَحِيلَةٌ (S, O) or رَحِيلٌ, (TA,) and ذَاتُ رُحْلَةٍ, (S,) a he-camel, (S, O, K,) and a she-camel, (S, O,) strong to journey; (S, O, K, TA;) so says Fr: (O:) or strong to be saddled: (TA:) and ↓ نَاقَةٌ رَحِيلَةٌ and رَحِيلٌ and ↓ مُرْحِلَةٌ, accord. to the “ Nawádir el-Aaráb,” a she-camel that is excellent, generous, of high breed; or strong, light, and swift; (TA;) and so ↓ مُسْتَرْحِلَةٌ. (K, TA. [See also رَاحِلَةٌ.]) b2: See also the next paragraph, in seven places.

رِحْلَةٌ The act of saddling of camels: (K, * TA:) [and also, agreeably with analogy, a mode, or manner, of saddling of camels:] so in the saying, إِنَّهُ لَحَسَنُ الرِّحْلَةِ [Verily he is good in respect of the saddling, or the mode or manner of saddling, of camels]. (K.) b2: Also A removal, departure, or journey; (Az, S, Msb, K;) and so ↓ رُحْلَةٌ, (Lh, Msb, K,) and ↓ رَحِيلٌ: (S, K: [the last said in the Msb to be and inf. n.:]) you say دَنَتْ رِحْلَتُنَا (S) or قَرُبَتْ رِحْلَتُنَا (Msb) [Our removal, &c., drew near, or has drawn near]: and إِنَّهُ لَذُو رِحْلَةٍ إِلَى المُلُوكِ and ↓ رِحْلَة Verily he is one who journeys, or has journeyed, to the kings: (Lh, TA:) and in like manner رُحْلَةٌ is used in the Kur cvi. 2: (TA:) b3: or ↓ رِحْلَةٌ with damm, (S, Msb, K,) signifies The thing to which one removes, departs, or journeys; (Az, Msb;) or the direction, or point, or object, to which one desires to repair, or betakes himself: (AA, S, Msb, K:) and also, (K,) or رُحْلَةٌ, (TA,) a single journey; (K, TA;) as ISd says: (TA:) you say, ↓ مَكَّةُ رُحْلَتِى Mekkeh is the point, or object, to which I desire to remove, or depart, or journey: (TA:) and ↓ أَنْتُمْ رُحْلَتِى Ye are they to whom I remove, or depart, or journey: (S, TA:) and ↓ أَنْتَ رُحْلَتُنَا Thou art the object to which we repair, or betake ourselves. (Msb.) And hence ↓ رُحْلَةٌ is applied to signify A noble, or an exalted, person, or a great man of learning, to whom one journeys for his [the latter's] need, or want, or for his [the former's] science. (TA.) b4: See also the next preceding paragraph, in three places.

رَحُولٌ: see رَاحِلَةٌ: b2: and رَحَّالٌ.

رَحِيلٌ A camel having the saddle (رَحْل [not رحالة as in Freytag's Lex.]) put upon him; as also ↓ مَرْحُولٌ. (K.) b2: See also رُحْلَةٌ, in four places.

A2: As a simple subst, or, accord. to the Msb, an inf. n.: see رِحْلَةٌ.

رِحَالَةٌ A سَرْج [or horse's saddle]: (K:) or a سَرْج of skins, (S, M, Msb, K,) in which is no wood; used for vehement running [of the horse]: (S, M, K:) ISd says also that it is one of the vehicles [or saddles] of women, like the رَحْل: but Az says that it is one of the vehicles [or saddles] of men, exclusively of women, i. e. not of women; as is also the رَحْل: and some say that it is larger than the سَرْج, covered with skins, and is for horses, and for excellent, or strong and light and swift, camels: (TA:) pl. رَحَائِلُ. (S.) When a man is hasty in doing evil to his companion, one says to him, اِسْتَقْدَمَتْ رِحَالَتُكَ [lit. Thy saddle has got before thee, or shifted forwards]: (S in the present art.:) it is a prov., meaning that has preceded than which another was more fit to do so. (S in art. قدم.) In the following saying of Imra-el-Keys, addressing his wife, فَإِمَّا تَرَيْنِى فِى رِحَالَةِ جَابِرٍ عَلَى حَرَجٍ كَالْقَرِّتَخْفِقُ أَكْفَانِى

[And either thou wilt see me upon the saddle of Jábir, upon a bier like the vehicle called قَرّ, my grave-clothes fluttering], he means, by the word رحالة, [merely] the حَرَج; there being in this case no رحالة in reality: it is like the saying, جَآءَ فُلَانٌ عَلَى نَاقَةِ الحَذَّآءِ, meaning [“ Such a one came upon] the sandal [or sandals]: ” Jábir is the name of a certain carpenter. (S.) A2: Also A ewe. (Ibn-'Abbád, TA.) [Hence,] رِحَالَهْ رِحَالَهْ is A call to the ewe, (Ibn-'Abbád, K,) on the occasion of milking. (Ibn-'Abbád, TA.) b2: and الرِّحَالَةُ is the name of A certain horse of 'Ámir Ibn-Et-Tufeyl; (K;) erroneously said by AO to be الحمالة. (TA.) رَحُولَةٌ: see رَاحِلَةٌ.

رَحَّالٌ Skilled in the saddling of camels. (K.) b2: Also A man who removes, or journeys, or travels, much; and so ↓ رَحَّالَةٌ, [or rather this signifies one who removes, or journeys, or travels, very much,] and ↓ رَحُولٌ: and ↓ رُحَّلٌ [pl. of رَاحِلٌ, q. v.,] persons who remove, or journey, or travel, much. (TA.) رَحَّالَةٌ: see what next precedes.

رَاحِلٌ Removing, (K, TA,) going, [going away, departing, going forth,] or journeying: (TA:) pl. رُحَّلٌ. (TA.) For another meaning assigned to the pl., see رَحَّالٌ.

رَاحِلَةٌ A she-camel that is fit to be saddled; (S, Msb, K;) thus some say; (Msb;) as also ↓ رَحُولٌ (S, K) and ↓ رَحُولَةٌ: (K:) or [generally a saddle-camel, or] a camel that is ridden, male or female: (S, Msb:) accord. to IKt, a she-camel that is strong to journey and to bear burdens; and such as a man chooses for his riding and his saddle on account of excellence, or generousness, or high breed, or of strength and lightness and swiftness, and of perfectness of make, and beauty of aspect: but this explanation is wrong: (Az, TA:) it signifies a he-camel, and a she-camel, that is excellent, or generous, or high-bred, or strong and light and swift: (Az, Mgh, TA:) the she-camel is not more entitled to this appellation than the he-camel: (Az, TA:) the ة is added to give intensiveness to the signification; as in دَاهِيَةٌ and بَاقِعَةٌ and عَلَّامَةٌ, epithets applied to a man: or, as some say, the she-camel is so called because she is saddled; and it is like عِيشَةٌ رَاضِيَةٌ meaning مَرْضِيَّةٌ, and مَآءٌ دَافِقٌ meaning مَدْفُوقٌ: or, as others say, because she is ذَاتُ رَحْلٍ [one having a saddle]; and in like manner, عِيشَةٌ رَاضِيَةٌ meansذَاتُ رَضًى, and مَآءٌ دَافِقٌ means ذُو دَفْقٍ: (TA:) the pl. is رَوَاحِلُ. (S, Msb.) It is said in a trad., تَجِدُونَ النَّاسَ بَعْدِى كَإِبِلٍ مِائَةٍ لَيْسَ فِيهَا رَاحِلَةٌ [Thou wilt find the people, or mankind, after me, like a hundred camels among which there is not a راحلة]: (Mgh, * TA:) because the راحلْ among a herd of camels is conspicuous and known. (TA.) b2: مَشَتْ رَوَاحِلِى, a phrase used by the poet Dukeyn, means (tropical:) I have become hoary and weak: or, as some say, I have forsaken my ignorant, or foolish, behaviour, and have restrained myself from foul conduct, and become obedient to my censurers; like as the راحلة obeys her chider, and goes. (TA.) رَاحُولٌ: see رَحْلٌ, first sentence.

رَاحُولَاتٌ A camel's saddle, (رَحْلٌ, Az, K,) or camel's saddles, so in the O, (TA,) variegated, figured, or embellished. (Az, O, K, TA.) [It is really, as well as literally, a pl.: for] a poet says, عَلَيْهِنَّ رَاحُولَاتُ كُلِّ قَطِيفَةٍ

[Upon them (referring evidently to she-camels) are variegated, figured, or embellished, saddles of every kind of villous, or nappy, cloth]. (TA.) أَرْحَلُ (tropical:) A horse white in the back; (S, Mgh, K;) because it is the place of the رَحْل [or rather of the رِحَالَة]; (Mgh, TA;) the whiteness not reaching to the belly nor to the rump nor to the neck: (TA:) and a sheep or goat black in the back: accord. to Abu-l-Ghowth, the fem., رَحْلَآءُ, applied to a mare, has the former meaning only: (S:) but شَاةٌ رَحْلَآءُ means a sheep or goat, or a ewe or she-goat, white in the back, and black in the other parts; and likewise black in the back, and white in the other parts: (S, K: *) so says Abu-l-Ghowth: (S:) and it is also explained as meaning black, but white in the place of the saddle, from the hinder parts of the shoulderblades: also as meaning white, but black in the back: Az adds that such as is white in one of the hind legs is termed رَجْلَآءُ [with جيم]. (TA.) تَرْحِيلٌ (assumed tropical:) A whiteness predominating over, or interrupted by, blackness, (شُهْبَةٌ,) or a redness, upon the shoulder-blades, (K, TA,) the place upon which lies the رَحْل [or camel's saddle]. (TA.) تَرْحِيلَةٌ A thing that makes thee to remove, go, go away, depart, go forth, or journey; expl. by مَا يُرَحّلُكَ. (TA.) مُرْحِلٌ One who breaks, or trains, and renders fit to be saddled, a camel or camels. (TA.) b2: A man having many [camels such as are termed]

رَوَاحِل [pl. of رَاحِلَةٌ]; like مُعْرِبٌ meaning “ having horses such as are termed عِرَاب ” (A'Obeyd, S.) A2: A camel strong in the back, [so as to be fit for the رَحْل,] after weakness. (IDrd, TA.) and A fat camel; though he be not excellent, or generous, or high-bred, or strong and light and swift: so in the “ Nawádir el-Aaráb. ” (TA.) See also رُحْلَةٌ, in two places.

مِرْحَلٌ: see رُحْلَةٌ, in two places.

مَرْحَلَةٌ [A station of travellers; i. e.] a place of alighting or abode, between two such places: (TA:) [and also a day's journey, or thereabout; or] the space which the traveller journeys in about a day: (Msb:) sing. of مَرَاحِلُ; (S, Msb, K;) which is also a pl. of مُرَحَّلٌ as an epithet applied to a بُرْد. (TA.) One says, بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَ كَذَا مَرْحَلَةٌ أَوْمَرْحَلَتَانِ [Between me and such a place, or thing, is a station or a day's journey or thereabout, or are two stations &c.]. (S, TA.) إِبِلٌ مُرَحَّلَةٌ Camels having their رِحَال [or saddles] upon them: and also camels whose رِحَال have been put down from them: thus having two contr. meanings. (K.) b2: And بُرْدٌ مُرَحَّلٌ A garment of the kind termed بُرْد upon which are the figures of a رَحْل [or camels' saddle], (K,) and the like thereof; as in the T: (TA:) the explanation that J has given of it, [or rather of مِرْطٌ مُرَحَّلٌ,] i. e. an إِزَار [or a waist-wrapper] of [the cloth called] خَزّ, upon which is an ornamented border, is not good: such is termed مُرَجَّلٌ, with جِيم: (K:) the pl. is مُرَحَّلَاتٌ and مَرَاحِلُ; both occurring in traditions; (TA in the present art.;) and the latter of them said in the T to be syn. with مَرَاجِلُ, which is pl. of مِرْجَلٌ [q. v.]. (TA in art. رجل.) مَرْحُولٌ: see رَحِيلٌ.

مُرْتَحَلٌ signifies [The act of removing or departing; i. e.] the contr. of مَحَلٌّ used in the sense of حُلُولٌ. (TA.) b2: And sometimes it signifies The place in which one alights, or descends and stops. (TA.) b3: Also The place of the رَحْل [which may here mean either the saddle or the saddling] of a camel. (TA.) الحَالُّ المُرْتَحِلُ: see art. حل.

مُسْتَرْحِلَةٌ, applied to a she-camel: see رُحْلَةٌ.

حشو: حشو: هي حشي في لغة العمة (فوك، بوشر) والمصدر نفسه من حشاية (فوك). ويقال حشي ب، ففي النويري (الأندلس ص479) مثلاً في كلامه عن جثة ميت: حَشِي بعاقاقير.
وحشى: أشبع، وملأ جوفه طعاماً.
وحشى روحه: امتلأ طعاماً. امتلأت معدته امتلاء شديدا (بوشر).
وحشي: ادخل نفسه فيما لا يعنيه (بوشر).
وحشى: ذيَّل تأليفاً: دس نصوصا في كتاب (بوشر).
وحشى في: ضم إلى، جمع إلى (بوشر).
وحشى قطنا: بطنه بالقطن (بوشر).
حشى الحساب: زاد في النفقة (بوشر).
حشى حاله في أمر غيره: سابقه ونافسه وجاراه (بوشر).
حشّى في: دس نصوصا في كتاب (بوشر) أحشى: تعني في لغة العامة حشى بمعنى ملأ (فوك).
وأحشى: أودع في برميل. صب شراباً في برميل بواسطة القمع (ألكالا).
تحشَّى: حشى بمعنى ملأ (معجم المتفرقات).
انحشى: باشرا أمراً. وتورط في قضية (بوشر).
وانحشى: تدثر، تغطى بما يدفئ (بوشر).
احتشى به وفيه: تدخل فيه، دس أنفه فيه (بوشر).
حشاً: ما انضمت عليه الظلوع والقلب والرئة والكبد. وتستعمل في الغالب مجازا لأن الحشا مركز العواطف والانفعالات والتأثر، يقال مثلً: طَأْمِن حشاك أي أطمئن وسكَّن من روعك وأهدأ. (كوزج مختارات ص 108).
وبَرِّد حشاك: أي قلبك وأطرد الهم عنه بالشراب والحب (الحريري ص123).
حَشَّى ويجمع على أحشية: ويطلق غالباً على كل ما يحشى ويطلق خاصة على الخبز المحشو بالسكر واللوز ونحو ذلك، ففي معجم المنصوري: احشية جمع حَشِّى بمعنى مَحْشُوّ وهو كل ما يُحْشَى بغيره والمراد به هنا ما حُشِيَ من الخبز بالسكر واللوز ونحو ذلك.
حَشْو: يعني غالباً كل ما حشي وأدخل في غيره. أنظر كوزج مختارات (121).
وكان على لين أن لا يفسر هذه الكلمة بكلمة، قطن، بل بما معناه ((قطن مندوف، سبيخة)) (أنظر حشى). وفي معجم بوشر. حَشَوة قطن دلالة على الواحدة من الحشو بهذا المعنى.
والثياب ذوات الحشو: الثياب المبطنة (المحشوة) بالقطن المندوف (المقري 2: 88). ويقال مجازا في الكلام عن النساء: الغَدْرُ حَشْوُ ثيابِهِن (ألف ليلة 1: 6) وفي المطبوع منها: حشو وهو خطأ.
وحَشْو: لحم مفروم مخردل (بوشر) وعند رولاند اسم الوحدة منه حشوة بهذا أي لحم مفروم. وحَشو: ضرب من الخبز يتخذ من الدقيق والعسل والسمسم والافاوية. (معجم الأسبانية ص59).
وحَشْو: كلام مسهب مطول (مملوك 1، 2: 105) انظر حشوي.
حَشْوَة: انظر المادة السابقة.
حَشْوِيّ وحَشَوي: حاول كاترمير (مملوك 1، 2: 105) أن يبرهن أن هذه الكلمة من يتكلم بها بكلام فضل لا خير فيه. ويظهر إنها تعني بهذا المعنى في بعض العبارات التي نقلها غير أنها لا تعني هذا المعنى في عبارات أخرى. لئن الحشوية أو أهل الحشو فيها إنما هي اسم طائفة. والرأي مختلف حول اصل هذا الاسم وحول أراء التي تقول بها وتعتقدها انظر معجم الادريسي.
وقد ذكر فوك كلمة حَشَوى في مادة ( Ora) وهي من الأصل حشى.
حَشاء: حَشَّاء التِبْنِ: من يحشو بالتبن مُصَبِر، مقشش (بوشر).
حاشية: حشو، خارج عن الصدد، خارج عن الموضوع، استطراد. والحاشية في الشعر الحشو لإقامة الوزن والقافية (بوشر) ولمعرفة معان أخرى لهذه الكلمة انظر مادة حشى.
أحشائي: نسبة إلى الأحشاء (بوشر) تَحشٍ (بالعامية تحشى): حشو، استطراد، خروج الكلام عن الصدد (بوشر).
مَحْشُوٌ: مُبَطَّن (المعجم اللاتيني العربي) وفيه: ( Diploide) ثوب مُبَطَّن مَحْشُو.
ومَحْشُو: نسيج مبطن. ففي كتاب ابن القوطية (ص17و): خرج إليه كلب من دار تجاور مقبرة قُرِيْش على بنيقة محشوّ مَرْوي كان يلبسه فخرقه. إن استعمال ضمير المذكر يدعو إلى العجب في مخطوطة صحيحة مثل هذه ولعل المؤلف قد فكر بكلمة محشو بالمعنى الذيسيلأتي بدل أن يفكر ب ((بنيقة)).
ومحشو: رداء مبطن (المعجم اللاتيني العربي) وفيه ( Vel clamis sagum mantum) ( لحاف ومَحْشُو).
مَحْشِيَّ: ما حشي باللحم والأرز من الطعام (انظر مادة ( Cuisine) عند برجرن، محيط المحيط).
ورَق محشي: ورق عنب أو ورق خس أو ورق كرنب يلف بخليط من الأرز واللحم المفروم (لين عادات 1: 217).
مُحْشى: ضرب من الخبز يتخذ من الدقيق والعسل والسمسم والأفاوية (ألكالا) وهو يكتبها ( Mohaxi) غير أن هذه ما يقوله أهل غرناطة للفظة ( mohxa) وهو اسم مفعول من أفعل في لغة العامة. وهو عندهم يدل معنى حسَّى.
مَحْشِيَة: تطلق في الأندلس على المِحْشاة وهو ضرب من القمصان أو الجلابيب أو كساء يرتدي به. (معجم البيان ص32 رقم 2 معجم الأسبانية ص163).

حشو

1 حَشَا, (S, Mgh, Msb, TA,) aor. ـْ (Msb, TA,) inf. n. حَشْوٌ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) He filled, (K, TA,) or stuffed, (KL, PS,) a pillow, or cushion, [and a garment, (see حَشْوٌ, below,)] &c., (S, Mgh, * Msb, K,) with a thing, (K,) with cotton, (Msb, TA,) and the like. (TA.) [And He stuffed a lamb, or a fowl, and a vegetable, &c., with rice &c.] b2: Hence, حَشَا الغَيْظَ, aor. and inf. n. as above, (tropical:) [He stuffed wrath into a man's bosom: see an ex. in a verse cited in the first paragraph of art. حظل:] and حُشِىَ الرَّجُلُ غَيْظًا وَ كِبْرًا (tropical:) [The man was stuffed with wrath and pride], and حُشِىَ الرَّجُلُ بِالنَّفْسِ and حُشِىَ النَّفْسَ (assumed tropical:) [The man was stuffed with pride, or self-magnification, or with disdain, or scorn]. (TA.) b3: [Hence also,] صِغَارُ الإِبِلِ تَحْشُو الكِبَارَ (assumed tropical:) The young camels enter, or occupy the spaces, among the old ones. (TA.) b4: [رَسَمَ كِتَابًا وَ لَمْ يَحْشُهُ, a phrase occurring in the 1st نَوْع of the Mz, means (assumed tropical:) He sketched out a book, and did not fill it up.] b5: حَشَاهُ [also signifies He foisted it into a thing. b6: And] He hit, or hurt, his حَشًا [q. v., like حَشَأَهُ]. (K.) Yousay, حَشَاهُ سَهْمًا, inf. n. as above, He hit, or hurt, his حَشًا [with an arrow]. (TA.) 3 مَا أَجَلَّهُ وَ لَا حَاشَاهُ He gave him not a جَلِيلَة [i. e. a she-camel that had brought forth once] nor حَاشِيَة [i. e. small, or young, camels]: (K:) or ↓ مَا أَجَلَّنِى وَ لَا أَحْشَانِى He gave me not a she-camel that had brought forth once nor gave he me a young, or small, camel. (S in art. جل.) 4 أَحْشَوَ see 3.5 تَحَشَّوَ see 8. b2: تحشّى فِى بَنِى فُلَانٍ (assumed tropical:) He became received among the sons of such a one, and harboured, protected, or lodged, by them. (TA in art. حشى [but belonging to the present art.].) 7 إِنْحَشَوَ see 8. b2: انحشى صَوْتٌ فِى صَوْتٍ [app. (assumed tropical:) A sound became blended in a sound], and حَرْفٌ فِى

حَرْفٍ [a letter in a letter]: mentioned by Az. (TA in art. حشى [but app. belonging to the present art.].) 8 احتشى It (a thing) became filled [or stuffed; as also ↓ انحشى]. (K.) And in like manner you say of a man, احتشى مِنَ الطَّعَامِ He became filled [or stuffed] with food. (TA.) And اِحْتَشَتِ الرُّمَّانَةُ بِالحَبِّ The pomegranate became filled with the grains, or seeds. (TA.) b2: اِحْتَشَتْ She (a مُسْتَحَاضَة) stuffed her vulva (نَفْسَهَا) with the [rags termed] مَفَارِم [in the CK, erroneously, مَقَارِم], (K, TA,) and the like: and in a similar sense احتشى is used as said of a man having the [disorder termed] إِبْرِدَة. (TA.) And اِحْتَشَتْ بِالكُرْسُفِ (S, Mgh, TA) and الكُرْسُفَ (Mgh, TA) She (a حَائِض, S, Mgh) stuffed her vulva with cotton, (Mgh, TA,) to arrest the blood. (S.) b3: اِحْتَشَتْ حَشِيَّةً and بِحَشِيَّةٍ She (a woman) wore a حَشِيَّة; (IAar, K;) as also ↓ تَحَشَّتْ [alone]. (Az, TA in art. حشى.) A poet says, لَا تَحْتَشِى إِلَّا الصَّمِيمَ الصَّادِقَا [She will not wear any stuffing but that which is genuine and true]: meaning that she will not wear حَشَايَا because the largeness of her posteriors renders it needless for her to do so. (IAar, TA.) حِشَةٌ, pl. حِشُونَ: see وَحْشٌ.

حَشًا The contents of the belly: (K:) or a bowel, or an intestine, into which the food passes from the stomach; syn. مِعًى: (Msb:) pl. أَحْشَآءٌ: (Msb, K:) and ↓ حُشْوَةٌ and ↓ حِشْوَةٌ signify the bowels, or intestines; [like أَحْشَآءٌ;] syn. أَمْعَآءٌ: (Msb:) or these are called البَطْنِ ↓ حُشْوَةُ and ↓ حِشْوَتُهُ: (S, TA:) or حشوة signifies all that is in the belly except the fat; so accord. to Az and Esh-Sháfi'ee: or, accord. to As, the place of the food, comprising the أَحْشَآء and the أَقْصَاب: (TA:) [see also مَحْشًى:] الحَشَا is the name of all the places of the food: (Zj in his “Khalk el-Insán:”) [see also, for other meanings, its dial. var. حَشًى, in art. حشى:] the word belongs to this art. and to art. حشى; the dual being حَشَوَانِ and حَشَيَانِ. (TA.) A2: A side, (Msb, TA,) region, quarter, or tract. (Msb.) You say, أَنَا فِى حَشَا فُلَانٍ I am in the quarter and protection of such a one: pl. as above. (Har p. 61.) [See, again, حَشًى, in art. حشى.]

حَشْوٌ, like the inf. n., (TA,) Stuffing; (PS;) [i. e.] what is put into a pillow, or cushion, &c.: (K, TA:) and [hence] cotton: and the seeds used for seasoning food, [and the rice &c.,] with which the belly of a lamb is stuffed: pl. ↓ مَحَاشٍ, deviating from rule. (TA.) b2: (tropical:) The soul of a man. (K, TA.) b3: (assumed tropical:) [A parenthesis;] a redundant part, or portion, of speech, or of a sentence, (K, TA,) upon which nothing is syntactically dependent. (TA. [See Har pp. 85 and 86.]) b4: (assumed tropical:) [A digression.] b5: (assumed tropical:) The portion of either hemistich of a verse that is comprised between the first and last foot. (KT, &c.) b6: (assumed tropical:) Small, or young, camels, (S, K,) among which are no great, or old, ones; (S, TA;) as also ↓ حَاشِيَةٌ: (S, K:) so called because they enter, or occupy the spaces, among the latter; or because they go against the sides of the latter: (TA:) accord. to ISk, (S,) ↓ الحَاشِيَتَانِ signifies [the camel termed] اِبْنُ المَخَاضِ and [that termed] اِبْنُ اللَّبُونِ: (S, and K in art. حشى:) the pl. [of حَاشِيَةٌ] is ↓ حَوَاشٍ. (TA.) It is said in a trad. respecting the poorrate, أَمْوَالِهِمْ ↓ حُذْ مِنْ حَوَاشِى, i. e., accord. to IAth, (assumed tropical:) Take thou of the small, or young, of their camels; such as those termed ابن المخاض and ابن اللبون. (TA. [But see another explanation of this saying voce حَاشِيَةٌ in art. حشى.]) b7: and حَشْوٌ and ↓ حَاشِيَةٌ signify also (assumed tropical:) The like of mankind; (S;) [i. e.] حَاشِيَةٌ signifies (tropical:) the lower or lowest, baser or basest, meaner or meanest, sort, or the rabble, or refuse, of mankind, or of the people; (TA in art. حشى, and Har p. 61;) as also حَشْوٌ [which is of frequent occurrence in this sense]; (KL;) and ↓ حِشْوَةٌ; (S, TA;) such as servants and the like. (Har ubi suprà, in explanation of حاشية. [See also this word in art. حشى.]) You say, ↓ جَآءَ فُلَانٌ مَعَ حَاشِيَتِهِ (assumed tropical:) Such a one came with those who were in his quarter and protection: but this may be from حَشًا signifying “a region, quarter, or tract;” servants and followers being in the quarter and protection of their master. (Har ubi suprà.) And فُلَانٌ بَنِى فُلَانٍ ↓ مِنْ حِشْوَةِ (assumed tropical:) Such a one is of the lower or lowest, &c., of the sons of such a one. (S.) b8: See also حُشْوَةٌ.

A2: Also A stuffed garment. (Mgh.) أَرْضٌ حَشَاةٌ (tropical:) Black land, in which is no good. (K, TA.) حُشْوَةٌ and حِشْوَةٌ: for each, see حَشًا, in two places: b2: and for the latter, see also حَشْوٌ, in two places. b3: You say also, مَا أَكْثَرَ حُشْوَةَ أَرْضِهِ and حِشْوَةَ ارضه, i. e. ↓ حَشْوَهَا and دَغَلَهَا [app. meaning (tropical:) How many are the thickets, or the like, that obstruct the tracts of his land!]. (Lh, K, TA.) حَشِىٌّ Herbage that has become dry in its lower part, and rotten: (IAar, K:) or dry: (As, S, K:) like خَشِىٌّ [q. v.]. (S, TA.) حَشِيَّةٌ A stuffed bed: (K:) pl. حَشَايَا. (TA.) ['Antarah says that a saddle was to him what the حَشِيَّة, or stuffed bed, is to others: see EM p. 229.] b2: Also, (K,) and ↓ مِحْشًى, (S, K,) A pillow, (K,) or the like, (S,) with which a woman makes her posteriors (S, K) or her body (K) to appear large: (S, K:) pl. of the former as above; (TA;) and of the latter مَحَاشٍ. (S, TA. [In the S, it is only said of the former that it is the sing. of حَشَايَا.]) b3: [Also the former, The pad of a رَحْل (or camel's saddle): see مِرْبَطَةٌ.]

حَاشِيَةٌ, and its dual and pl.: see حَشْوٌ, in six places. b2: See also art. حشى.

مَحْشًى The place of the food in the belly. (K.) [See also حَشًا, and مَحْشَاةٌ.]

مِحْشًى: see حَشِيَّةٌ.

مَحْشَاةٌ [The rectum;] the lowest of the places of the food, (As, TA,) [i. e.] the portion of the intestines which is the lowest of the places of the food, (IAth, TA,) leading [immediately] to the place of egress; (As, TA;) in a beast, i. q. مَبْعَرٌ: (TA: [explained in the K in art. حش, to which it does not belong:]) pl. مَحَاشٍ. (IAth, TA.) Hence, إِيَّاكُمْ وَ إِتْيَانَ النِّسَآءِ فِى مَحَاشِيهِنَّ فَإِنَّ كُلَّ مَحْشَاةٍ حَرَامٌ. (TA.) مِحْشَاةٌ A coarse [garment of the kind called]

كِسَآء, (As, S, TA,) that abrades the skin: (TA:) pl. مَحَاشٍ. (As, S.) [But accord. to some, a garment of this kind is called مِحْشَأٌ or مِحْشَآءٌ.]

مَحْشُوٌّ and مَحْشِىٌّ Filled, or stuffed..]

مَحَاشٍ pl. of مِحْشًى, (S, TA,) and of مَحْشَاةٌ, (IAth, TA,) and of مِحْشَاةٌ, (As, S,) and irreg. pl. of حَشْوٌ, q. v. (TA.)

ثرو

1 ثَرَا القَوْمُ, (As, S, M, K,) aor. ـُ (As, S;) and ثَرِىَ; (T, TT;) inf. n. ثَرًا; (M;) The people, or company of men, became many, much, or great in number or quantity; and increased: (As, T, S, M, K:) and in like manner, المَالُ, (As, S, M, K,) i. e., the cattle, or other property, became many, much, or great in number or quantity. (As, S, M.) b2: ثَرِىَ, (T, M, K,) aor. ـَ inf. n. ثَرْىٌ [or ثَرًا?] and ثَرَآءٌ, (T, TA,) He (a man, T, K) was, or became, abundant in cattle, or other property; (T, M, K;) as also ↓ اثرى, (T, S, M, Mgh, K,) and أَفْرَى: (M:) or ↓ اثرى signifies he was, or became, in a state of competence or sufficiency, in no need, or rich; syn. استغنى: (Msb:) or it signifies more than استغنى: (T:) and ثَرِيتُ بِكَ, I became, or have become, abundant [in property] by means of thee: (T, S:) and ثَرِيتُ بِفُلَانٍ I became in no need of other men by means of such a one. (T, S, M.) A poet says, (S,) namely, ElKumeyt, praising the Benoo-Umeiyeh, لَكُمْ مَسْجِدَا اللّٰهِ المَزُورَانِ وَالحَصَى

وَأَقْتَرَا ↓ لَكُمْ قِبْصُهُ مِنْ بَيْنِ أَثْرَى

[Ye have the two visited mosques of Mekkeh and El-Medeeneh, and ye have the number of the pebbles of such as are between him who is wealthy and him who is poor]: he means, مِنْ بَيْنِ مَنْ

أَثْرَى وَمَنْ أَقْتَرَ; i.e., مِنْ بَيْنِ مُثْرٍ وَمُقْتِرٍ. (S.) b3: ثَرِيتُ بِكَ, (T,) or بِهِ, inf. n. ثَرًا, (M,) also signifies I rejoiced (T, M) in thee, (T,) or in him, or it: (M:) and ثَرِىَ بِذٰلِكَ, aor. ـَ He rejoiced in, or by reason of, that. (ISk, S.) A2: ثَرَوْنَاهُمْ We were, or became, more than they: (AA, S, M:) or more in cattle, or other property. (K.) b2: ثَرَا القَوْمَ He (God) made the people, or company of men, to be many, or numerous; multiplied them. (AA, T, S.) 4 أَثْرَوَ see 1, in three places.

A2: لَا يُثْرِينَا العَدُوُّ The enemy will not say much respecting us. (M, TA.) ثَرًا; dual ثَرَوَانِ: see ثَرًى, in art. ثرى.

ثَرٍ: see ثَرِىٌّ. b2: أَنَا ثَرٍ بِهِ I am in no need of other men by means of him; (T, S, M;) as also ↓ ثَرِىٌّ. (M.) A2: See also art. ثرى.

ثَرْوَةٌ Many, or a great number, (S, M, K,) of men; and of cattle, or other property: (M, K:) or much, or a great quantity, or property; (Mgh, Msb;) as also ↓ ثَرَآءٌ: (S, M, * Mgh:) and فَرْوَةٌ signifies the same as ثَرْوَةٌ; the ف being a substitute for the ث. (M.) One says, إِنَّهُ لَذُو ثَرْوَةٍ

↓ وَذُو ثَرَآءٍ, (ISk, S,) or وَثَرْوَةٍ ↓ إِنَّهُ لَذُو ثَرَآءٍ, (T,) Verily he possesses a number [of men] and much property. (ISk, T, S.) Accord. to IAar, one says ثَوْرَةٌ مِنْ رِجَالٍ and ثَرْوَةٌ, meaning A great number of men: but only ثَرْوَةٌ مِنْ مَالٍ. (TA.) b2: Also The night of the conjunction of the moon and الثُّرَيَّا [or the Pleiades]. (M, K.) ثَرْوَانُ, fem. ثَرْوَى: see ثَرِىٌّ.

ثَرَآءٌ: see ثَرْوَةٌ, in three places. b2: Also A state of competence or sufficiency; or richness. (Msb.) ثَرِىٌّ Many, or numerous; [applied to a company of men;] and so ثَرِيَّةٌ applied to spears (رِمَاحٌ): (TA:) also many, or much, cattle, or other property; (S, M, K, TA;) and so ↓ ثَرٍ. (T, TA.) b2: Also A man possessing many, or much, cattle, or other property; and so ↓ أَثْرَى; (M, K;) and ↓ مُثْرٍ: (T:) so too ↓ ثَرْوَانُ; (T, S, Mgh;) or abounding (M, K, TA) in cattle, or other property: (TA:) and [its fem.] ↓ ثَرْوَى, applied to a woman, (T, S, M, K,) likewise signifies possessing many, or much, cattle, or other property: (T, S, K:) the dim. of this last is ↓ ثُرَيَّا. (T, S, M, K.) b3: See also ثَرٍ.

A2: And see art. ثرى.

ثُرَيَّا: see ثَرِىٌّ. b2: الثُّرَيَّا [The Pleiades; the Third Mansion of the Moon: it is believed to be the most beneficial, in its influences on the weather, of all the Mansions of the Moon, on account of the period of its auroral setting, which, in central Arabia, about the commencement of the era of the Flight, began on the 12th of Nov., O. S.: (see مَنَازِلُ القَمَرِ, in art. نزل; and see also نَوْءٌ:) hence what is said of it in Job xxxviii. 31; and hence, as being the most excellent of all asterisms, it is called by the Arabs]

النَّجْمُ [the Asterism]: (S, K:) the former appellation is given to it because it comprises, in appearance, many stars in a small space; (M, K; *) for it is said that amid its conspicuous stars are many obscure stars; (IAth, TA;) the number altogether being said to be four and twenty, agreeably with an assertion of the Prophet: some say that it is so called because of the abundance [of the rain] of its نَوٌء [here meaning auroral setting]: (TA:) the word is thus applied only in the dim. form, which is used in this instance to denote magnification. (M, TA.) b3: [ثُرَيَّا also signifies (tropical:) A cluster of lamps, generally resting in holes in the bottom of a lantern: see an engraving in my “Modern Egyptians,” ch. vi.] The ثُرَيَّا of lamps is so called as being likened to the asterism above mentioned. (M.) أَثْرَى: see ثَرِىُّ: A2: and see also art. ثرى.

مُثْرٍ: see ثَرِىُّ: A2: and see also art. ثرى.

مُثْرَاةٌ A cause of multiplying, or rendering abundant; syn. مَكْثَرَةٌ: so in the saying, هٰذَا مَثْرَاةٌ لِلْمَالِ [This is a cause of multiplying, or rendering abundant, cattle, or other property]. (S, K.) أَنَا مَثْرِىُّ بِهِ I am rejoiced in him. (ISk, TA in art. ثرى.) A2: See also art. ثرى.